Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
5 results
jagat3.3.86MasculineSingularkṛtrimam, lakṣaṇopetam
kuṭajaḥ2.2.66MasculineSingulargirimallikā, śakraḥ, vatsakaḥ
parimalaḥMasculineSingulara pleasing scent
203 results for rima
ādibalan. "the primal vigour", generative power View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādikāraṇan. a primary cause View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aiśvaryan. superhuman power (either perpetual or transient, consisting, according to some, of the following eight: aṇiman-, laghiman-, mahiman-, prāpti-, prākāmya-, vaśitva-, īśitva-,and kāmāvasāyitva-,qq.v.;or, according to others, of such powers as vision, audition, cogitation, discrimination, and omniscience;and of active powers such as swiftness of thought, power of assuming forms at will, and faculty of expatiation ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
animan equals aṇiman- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anubandhyamfn. principal, primary, liable to receive an adjunct (as a root, a disease) (see anū-b/andhya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvācayam. ( ci-), laying down a rule of secondary importance (after that which is pradhāna-,or primary) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparivādyamfn. ( vad-), not to be reprimanded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudam. Name of a mountain in the west of India (commonly called Abu, a place of pilgrimage of the jaina-s, and celebrated for its jaina- temples) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvatīrthan. Name of a place of pilgrimage near kānyakubja- on the gaṅgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atimuktakam. the tree harimantha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyaktan. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy)"the unevolved (Evolver of all things)" , the primary germ of nature, primordial element or productive principle whence all the phenomena of the material world are developed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
badarīśailam. "rock of badarī-", Name of a place of pilgrimage (the Bhadrinath of modern travellers) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuprakṛtimfn. consisting of many primary parts or verbal elements (as a compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baijikamfn. belonging to any primary cause or source or principle, original View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaṅgivikāram. distortion of the features (mukha-bhaṅgiv-) a wry face, grimace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhartṛsthānan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvam. (in rhetoric) passion, emotion (2 kinds of bhāva-s are enumerated, the sthāyin-or primary, and vyabhicārin-or subordinate;the former are 8 or 9 according as the rasa-s or sentiments are taken to be 8 or 9;the latter 33 or 34) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojyasambhavam. "having its origin in food", chyle, chyme, the primary juice of the body (see rasa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtamātrāf. the 10 primary objects (viz. vāc-, gandha-, rūpa-, śabda-, anna-rasa-, karman-, sukha-duḥkhe-, ānanda-or rati-or prajāti-, ityā-, manas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bījan. any germ, element, primary cause or principle, source, origin (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = caused or produced by, sprung from) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bījan. calculation of original or primary germs, analysis, algebra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bījadravyan. primary or original matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bījagaṇitan. calculation of primary causes, analysis, algebra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
biladhāvanamfn. (sensu obsceno) rimam tergens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bilośvaram. Name of a place of pilgrimage (perhaps wrong reading for bilvevara-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bilvakam. Name of a place of pilgrimage (see bailvaki-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmaputram. of a place of pilgrimage (prob. the source of the brahma-putra- river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmatīrthan. Name of a place of pilgrimage on the revā- or narmadā- river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmayonif. Name of a place of pilgrimage (also -) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
camasodbhedanan. Name of a place of pilgrimage (spot of bursting forth of the river sarasvatī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
campakāraṇyan. "Campaka forest", Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candrāvatīf. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candrimāf. (fr. candr/a-mas-; see pūrṇimā-) moonlight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandaḥsiddhif. a chapter of the kāvya-kalpa-latā-vṛttiparimala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍam. the rod as a symbol of judicial authority and punishment, punishment (corporal, verbal, and fiscal;chastisement and imprisonment, reprimand, fine) etc. (see gupt/a-& gūḍha--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍavādinmfn. pronouncing judicial reprimand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattamfn. (with puttra-) equals ttrima- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattakamfn. (with putra-) equals ttrima-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devakulyāf. "river of the gods", personified as a daughter of pūrṇiman- and grand-daughter of marīci- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devapatham. Name of place of pilgrimage (see ) (also devapathatīrtha -tīrtha- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmaprastham. "habitation of the god dharma-", Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātum. primary element of the earth id est metal, mineral, are (especially a mineral of a red colour) etc. element of words id est grammatical or verbal root or stem etc. (with the southern Buddhists dhātu-means either the 6 elements [see above] ;or the 18 elementary spheres[ dhātu-loka-] ;or the ashes of the body, relics [ see -garbha-]). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhenukan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhigdaṇḍam. reprimand, censure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhikkṛto reproach, reprimand, curse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūmāvatīf. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūpakam. equals dhūpa-, especially in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (See kṛtrima--, sa--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyunadīsaṃgamam. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāndhāram. the third of the 7 primary notes of music View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṅgāyātrāf. pilgrimage to the Ganges (especially carrying a sick person to the river side to die there) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṅgodbhedam. the source of the Ganges (sacred place of pilgrimage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gayāf. (gaRa varaṇādi-) the city gayā- (famous place of pilgrimage in Behar and residence of the saint gaya-; see ;sanctified by viṣṇu- as a tribute to the piety of gaya-, the rājarṣi-, or (according to another legend) to gaya-, the asura-, who was overwhelmed here with rocks by the gods;the śrāddha- should be performed once at least in the life of every Hindu to his progenitors at gayā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gayaśirasn. Name of a mountain near gayā- (renowned place of pilgrimage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gayātīrthan. gayā- as a renowned place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gokarṇam. a place of pilgrimage on the Malabar coast (sacred to śiva-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopīthan. a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopratāram. "ox-ford", Name of a place of pilgrimage on the sarayū- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇam. a property or characteristic of all created things (in nyāya- philosophy twenty-four guṇa-s are enumerated, viz. 1. rūpa-,shape, colour;2. rasa-,savour;3. gandha-,odour;4. sparśa-,tangibility;5. saṃkhyā-,number;6. parimāṇa-,dimension;7. pṛthaktva-,severalty;8. saṃyoga-,conjunction;9. vibhāga-,disjunction;10. paratva-,remoteness;11. aparatva-,proximity;12. gurutva-,weight;13. dravatva-,fluidity;14. sneha-,viscidity;15. śabda-,sound;16. buddhi-or jñāna-,understanding or knowledge;17. sukha-,pleasure;18. duḥkha-,pain;19. icchā-,desire; 20. dveṣa-,aversion; 21. prayatna-,effort; 22. dharma-,merit or virtue; 23. adharma-,demerit; 24. saṃskāra-,the self-reproductive quality) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halīmakam. a particular form of jaundice (in this sense prob. connected with hariman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariharakṣetran. "sacred place of viṣṇu- and śiva- conjoined"Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haviryajñasaṃsthāf. primary or essential form of the havir-yajña- (7 are enumerated, viz. agny-ādheya-, agni-hotra-, darśa-pūrṇa-māsau-, cāturmāsyānī-, paśu-bandha-, sautrāmaṇī-, and pāka-yajña-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hetum. (with Buddhists) primary cause (as opp. to pratyaya- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhombakamfn. making grimaces when singing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvarājam. Name of the author of caitra-pūrṇimā-kathā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhapuṣkaran. Name of a renowned place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasthānan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāraṇakaraṇan. a primary cause, elementary cause, atom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāśif. "the splendid", Name of a celebrated city and place of pilgrimage (the modern Benares, usually written kāśī- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇacūḍāf. the plant Caesalpina pulcherrima View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetran. a sacred spot or district, place of pilgrimage (as Benares etc.;often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalītikāf. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lapeṭikāf. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahālayam. a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpatham. the great pilgrimage (to the shrine of śiva- on mount kedāra-, or the same pilgrimage performed in spirit id est by deep absorption into śiva-)
mahāpatham. the knowledge of the essence of śiva- acquired in this pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāyātrāf. a great pilgrimage, the pilgrimage to Benares View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasan. (with or scilicet saras-,or tīrtha-) Name of a sacred lake and place of pilgrimage on mount kailāsa- (the native place of the wild geese, which migrate to it every year at the breeding season) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇḍavyeśvaratīrthun. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṅgalavaṭa(or -vaṭa-[?]) n. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇibandhan. equals māṇimantka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇibhūmikākarmann. the inlaying or covering of a floor with jewel (one of the 64 arts; according to to a Scholiast or Commentator equals kṛtrimaputrikā-nirmāṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantram. a mystical verse or magical formula (sometimes personified), incantation, charm, spell (especially in modern times employed by the śākta-s to acquire superhuman powers;the primary mantra-s being held to be 70 millions in number and the secondary innumerable ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mas (prob. an artificial root) cl.4 P. masyati-, to measure, mete (parimāṇe- varia lectio pariṇāme-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛḍ ( mṛḷ-) cl.6 P. (), mṛḍati- (mṛḷati-;once A1. mṛḍase- ) cl.9. P. mṛḍnāti- (), cl.10., mṛḍayati- (mṛḷ/ayati-), te- ; mṛṇḍayati- (?), (perfect tense mamarḍa- grammar; mamṛḍyuḥ- ; amarḍīt- grammar; future marḍitā-, ḍiṣyati- ; infinitive mood marḍitum- ; ind.p. mṛḍitvā- ), to be gracious or favourable, pardon, spare (with dative case of Persian and accusative of, thing) etc. ; to treat kindly, make happy, rejoice, delight (with accusative) : Causal marḍayati- (Aorist amīmṛḍat-,or amamarḍat-) grammar : Desiderative mimarḍiṣati- : Intensive marīmṛḍyate-, marīmarṭṭi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛd (confer, compare mrad-and mṛḍ-) cl.9 P. mṛdnāti- (cl.1. P. A1. m/ardati-, te- ; confer, compare ; perfect tense P. mamarda-,3. plural mamṛduh-.or mamarduḥ- A1. mamṛde- ; Aorist, amaradīt- grammar; future, mardiṣyati-, te- ; infinitive mood marditum- ; tos- ; -mrad/e- ; ind.p., mriditvā- ; m/ṛdya- etc.; -mardam- ), to press, squeeze, crush, pound, smash, trample down, tread upon, destroy, waste, ravage, kill, slay etc. ; to rub, stroke, wipe (exempli gratia, 'for example' the forehead) ; to rub into, mingle with (instrumental case) ; to rub against, touch, pass through (a constellation) ; to overcome, surpass : Causal mardayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist amīmridat-or amamardat-), to press or squeeze hard, crush, break, trample down, oppress, torment, plague, destroy, kill etc. ; to rub ; to cause to be trampled down : Desiderative mimardiṣati-, to desire to crush or pound Intensive marmartti- (only imperative ttu- ), to crush, grind down, destroy ; marīmartti- and marimṛdyate- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek and under mṛdu-.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhabhaṅgam. a face distorted by sickness, wry face, grimace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyārtham. the primary meaning of a word (as opp. to gauṇārtha-,the secondary or metaphorical meaning) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūlamantram. a principal or primary or fundamental text etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūlaprakṛtif. (in philosophy) the original root or germ out of which matter or all apparent forms are evolved, the primary cause or"originant" etc. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūlavacanan. primary words, a fundamental text View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūlikamfn. primary, principal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṇḍeśvaratīrthan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muñjavaṭaName of a place of pilgrimage (see muñjā-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narakamn. Name of a place of pilgrimage (varia lectio anaraka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidānan. a first or primary cause (see ni-bandhana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigraham. reprimand, blame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvīran. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣam. (in algebra) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcahradatīrthan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcatīthīf. any five principal places of pilgrimage (especially viśrānti- saukara-, naimiṣa-, prayāga-, and puṣkara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramamf(ā-)n. chief, highest, primary, most prominent or conspicuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paremanprob. wrong reading for parīman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhāṣaṇan. admonition, reprimand, reproof View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhṛP. A1. -bharati-, te- (perfect tense P. -babhrima-[!] ; A1. -jabhre- ), to bring ; (A1.) to extend or pass beyond (also trans. = extend, spread, ) ; to roam or travel about (see above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paurṇamīf. a day of full moon (equals pūrṇimā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paurṇimam. (fr. pūrṇimā-) an ascetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phālgunan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitāmahasarasn. Name of a place of pilgrimage (also hasya saraḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
plakṣatīrthan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
plakṣāvataraṇan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabhāsamn. Name of a celebrated place of pilgrimage on the west coast of the Dekhan near dvārakā- (also prabhāsakṣetra -kṣetra- n. prabhāsakṣetratīrtha -kṣetra-tīrtha- n. prabhāsadeśa -deśa- m.)
prabhūtan. (in philosophy) a great or primary element (equals mahā-bhūta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānan. "the Originator", primary germ, original source of the visible or material universe (in sāṃkhya- equals prakṛti- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānan. primary or unevolved matter or nature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānaśiṣṭamfn. taught or laid down as of primary importance (see anvācaya-ś-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prādhānikamfn. (in sāṃkhya-) derived from or relating to pradhāna- or primary matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṛtif. "making or placing before or at first", the original or natural form or condition of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to vi-kṛti- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṛtif. plural the 8 producers or primary essences which evolve the whole visible world (viz. a-vyakta-, buddhi-or mahat-, ahaṃ-kāra-,and the 5 tan-mātras-or subtle elements;rarely the 5 elements alone) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathamamf(-)n. earliest, primary, original, prior, former View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathamajamfn. original, primary etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathamajāmfn. original, primary etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathamakalpam. a primary or principal rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāthamikamf(ī-)n. (fr. prathama-) belonging or relating to the first, occurring or happening for the first time, primary, initial, previous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayāgam. "place of sacrifice", Name of a celebrated place of pilgrimage (now called Allahabad) at the confluence of the gaṅgā- and yamunā- with the supposed subterranean sarasvatī- (also -ka- ; see tri-veṇī-; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' also in deva--pilgrimage, rudra--pilgrimage, karṇa- pilgrimage and nanda--pilgrimage) etc. (see ;as Name of a country ; plural the inhabitants of prayāga- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayuteśvaratīrthan. Name of a place of pilgrimage
puṅkhilatīrthan. Name of a place of pilgrimage (= rāma-t-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇyakṣetran. a holy place, a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇyatīrthan. a sacred shrine or place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣam. (also with nārāyaṇa-) the primaeval man as the soul and original source of the universe (described in the puruṣa-sūkta- q.v) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvadevam. a primaeval deity (applied also to the pitṛ-s equals -devatā- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvadṛṣṭamfn. appeared in former times, primaeval View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvāgnim. "original or primaeval fire", the householder's sacred formerly (equals āvasa-thya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvajamfn. ancient, primaeval etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapakṣam. the first objection to an assertion in any discussion, the prima facie view or argument in any question (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapuruṣam. "the primaeval Soul", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvasūmfn. firstborn, ancient, primaeval View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣkaran. Name of a celebrated place of pilgrimage (now called Pokhar in the district of Ajmere see ) etc. (also plural;according to there are three, viz. jyeṣṭha-, madhyama-and kaniṣṭha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putrakam. a puppet, doll, figure of stone or wood or lac etc. (see kṛtrima--, jatu--, śilā--; gaRa yāvādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmeśvaran. of an island (which with its coral reef or bridge of rocks nearly connects the South of India with Ceylon) and of the celebrated śaiva- temple and town on it (this is the place where rāma- is supposed to have crossed to Ceylon and one of the most sacred places of pilgrimage in India) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasam. a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body, serum, (especially) the primary juice called chyle (formed from the food and changed by the bile into blood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathāvartam. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrakoṭif. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrāvartaName of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍakṣaramf(ī-)n. (ṣ/aḍ--or ṣ/aḷ--) consisting of six syllables (rīmahā-vidyā- ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍjam. "six-born", Name of the first or (according to to some) of the fourth of the 7 svaras- or primary notes of music (so called because it is supposed to be produced by six organs, viz. tongue, teeth, palate, nose, throat, and chest;the other six svaras- are ṛṣabha-, gāndhāra-, madhyama-, pañcama-, dhaivata-, and niṣāda-, of which niṣāda- and gāndhāra- are referred to the udātta-, ṛṣabha- and dhaivata- to the an-udātta-, while ṣaḍ-ja- and the other two are referred to the svarita- accent;the sound of the ṣaḍ-ja- is said to resemble the note of peacocks) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakrāvatāratīrthan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śalākinmfn. furnished with ribs (śrīmac-chata-ś-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyamapuṇyatīrthamfn. having restraint for a holy place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃyorvākam. the sacred formula beginning with the words t/ac ch/aṃ-y/or ā- vṛṇīmahe- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sargam. emission or creation of matter, primary creation (as opp. to pratisarga-"secondary creation"), creation of the world (as opp. to its pralaya-"dissolution", and sthiti-,"maintenance in existence"; 9 different creations are enumerated in ; ā sargāt-,"from the creation or beginning of the world"; sarge-"in the created world") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarimanor śarīman- m. (said to be fr. śṝ-,"to break forth") , bearing, birth, bringing forth (equals prasava-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarīman equals sariman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaśayānan. (for 2.See column 3) Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saugandhikavanan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṣaśeṣibhāvam. the being secondary and primary matter, secondariness and primariness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṣaśeṣin(in the beginning of a compound), secondary and primary matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṣaśeṣitvan. the being secondary and primary matter, secondariness and primariness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhif. the acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means or the supposed faculty so acquired (the eight usually enumerated are given in the following śloka-, aṇimā- laghimā prāptiḥ prākāmyam mahimā tathā īśitvaṃ ca vaśitvaṃ ca tathā kāmāvasāyitā-;sometimes 26 are added exempli gratia, 'for example' dūra-śravaṇa-, sarvajña-tva-, agni-stambha-etc.)
siddhiyātrikam. one who makes pilgrimages to learn magical arts or to gain good luck or beatitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītavanan. Name of a place of pilgrimage (varia lectio sīta-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivagayāf. Name of work on the pilgrimage to gayā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtivinayam. a reprimand given to a person by reminding him of his duty, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somāśramam. Name of a place of pilgrimage
somāśrayāyaṇan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somatīrthan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṇapuran. Name of a well-known town and place of pilgrimage. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṇasaṃgamam. " śoṇa- confluence", Name of a celebrated place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīmacchataśalākinmfn. (fr. śrīmat-+ śata-+ ś-) furnished with a hundred beautiful ribs (as an umbrella) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīmatmfn. possessed of fortune, fortunate, auspicious, wealthy, prosperous, eminent, illustrious, venerable (used, like śrī-,as a prefix before the names of eminent persons and celebrated works and sometimes corrupted into śrīmant-), of high rank or dignity (m."a great or venerable person") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stara staraṇa-, stariman- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthan. (rarely m. ) a passage, way, road, ford, stairs for landing or for descent into a river, bathing-place, place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams, piece of water etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthacaryāf. a visit to any tīrtha-, pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṝ cl.1 P. (rarely A1.) t/arati- (subjunctive t/arat- imperfect tense /atarat-, parasmE-pada t/arat- infinitive mood tar/adhyai-, rīṣ/ani- ) cl.5. tarute- (; Potential 1. plural turyāma-, ) cl.3. titarti- (; parasmE-pada Nominal verb plural t/itratas- ; Potential tutury/āt-, ) , with prepositions Vedic or Veda chiefly cl.6 P. A1. (tir/ate- subjunctive tirāti- imperfect tense /atirat-, parasmE-pada tir/at- infinitive mood t/iram-, t/ire- ; Aorist /atārīt-, ;1. plural riṣma- , rima- ; t/aruṣante- , ta-i, ṣema- [ confer, compare ]; A1.and Passive voice -tāri- ; P. atārṣīt- ; ṣam- ; perfect tense tatāra- etc.;3. plural titirur-, ; teritha-, ratur- ; parasmE-pada titirv/as- genitive case tatar/uṣas- ; future tariṣyati-, rīṣ-, taritā-, rītā-[ confer, compare pra-t/ar-] ; t/arutā- ; preceding tīryāt-, tariṣīṣṭa- ; infinitive mood tartum- ; rīt- rit- ; ind.p. tīrtv/ā- ; -t/ūrya-See vi--) to pass across or over, cross over (a river), sail across etc. ; to float, swim ; to get through, attain an end or aim, live through (a definite period), study to the end etc. ; to fulfil, accomplish, perform ; to surpass, overcome, subdue, escape etc. ; to acquire, gain, ; A1. to contend, compete ; to carry through or over, save, : Causal tārayati- (parasmE-pada r/ayat-) to carry or lead over or across etc. ; to cause to arrive at ; to rescue, save, liberate from (ablative) etc.: Desiderative titīrṣati- (also titariṣati-, rīṣ- ; parasmE-pada A1. titīrṣamāṇa- ) to wish to cross or reach by crossing : Intensive tartarīti- (2. dual number rīthas-; parasmE-pada genitive case t/arilratas-[ ];See also vi--; tātarti-, Scholiast or Commentator) to reach the end by passing or running or living through ; ([ confer, compare t/ara-, tir/as-, tīrṇ/a-; Latin termo,trans; Gothic thairh.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upagṝP. (1. plural -gṛṇīmasi-,3. p. -gṛṇ/anti-) to approach with praise, revere, worship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaḍabāf. of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadanan. the mouth, face, countenance etc. (naṃ- kṛ-,to make a face or grimace, -bhū-,to become a face) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāgdaṇḍam. verbal rebuke or reprimand, reproof, admonition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṇavam. Name of a sacred place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmanan. Name of a place of pilgrimage (called after the dwarf form of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmanakan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṅkimadāsam. (prākṛ-.for vakrima-d-?), with kavi-rāja- Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varadānan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varīmann. = variman-1, expanse, width, breadth, room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varīmanm. = variman-2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varitṛ riman- etc. See ,
vāyuparamāṇum. a primary aerial atom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedam. Name of certain celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the Hindu religion (these works were primarily three, viz. 1. the ṛg-veda-, 2. the yajur-veda- [of which there are, however, two divisionsSee taittirīya-saṃhitā-, vājasaneyi-saṃhitā-],3. the sāma-veda-;these three works are sometimes called collectively trayī-,"the triple vidyā-"or"threefold knowledge", but the ṛg-veda- is really the only original work of the three, and much the most ancient [the oldest of its hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain astronomical calculations to a period between 4000 and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the Aryans in India;and by others who adopt a different reckoning to a period between 1400 and 1000 B.C., when the Aryans had settled down in the Panjab];subsequently a fourth veda- was added, called the atharva-veda-, which was probably not completely accepted till after manu-, as his law-book often speaks of the three veda-s-calling them trayam brahma sanātanam-,"the triple eternal veda-", but only once [ ] mentions the revelation made to atharvan- and aṅgiras-, without, however, calling it by the later name of atharva-veda-;each of the four veda-s has two distinct parts, viz. 1. mantra-, id est words of prayer and adoration often addressed either to fire or to some form of the sun or to some form of the air, sky, wind etc., and praying for health, wealth, long life, cattle, offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. brāhmaṇa-, consisting of vidhi- and artha-vāda-, i.e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which the mantra-s were to be used and explanations of the legends etc. connected with the mantra-s [see brāhmaṇa-, vidhi-],both these portions being termed śruti-,revelation orally communicated by the Deity, and heard but not composed or written down by men[ see ] , although it is certain that both mantra-s and brāhmaṇa-s were compositions spread over a considerable period, much of the latter being comparatively modern;as the veda-s are properly three, so the mantra-s are properly of three forms, 1. ṛc-, which are verses of praise in metre, and intended for loud recitation;2. yajus-, which are in prose, and intended for recitation in a lower tone at sacrifices;3. sāman-, which are in metre, and intended for chanting at the soma- or Moon-plant ceremonies, the mantra-s of the fourth or atharva-veda- having no special name;but it must be borne in mind that the yajur- and sāma-veda- hymns, especially the latter, besides their own mantra-s, borrow largely from the ṛg-veda-;the yajur-veda- and sāma-veda- being in fact not so much collections of prayers and hymns as special prayer- and hymn-books intended as manuals for the adhvaryu- and udgātṛ- priests respectively [see yajur-veda-, sāma-veda-];the atharva-veda-, on the other hand, is, like the ṛg-veda-, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with incantations, borrowing little from the ṛg- and having no direct relation to sacrifices, but supposed by mere recitation to produce long life, to cure diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies etc.;each of the four veda-s seems to have passed through numerous śākhā-s or schools, giving rise to various recensions of the text, though the ṛg-veda- is only preserved in the śākala- recension, while a second recension, that of the bhāṣkala-s, is only known by name;a tradition makes vyāsa- the compiler and arranger of the veda-s in their present form: they each have an Index or anukramaṇī- [ q.v ], the principal work of this kind being the general Index or sarvānukramaṇī- [ q.v ];out of the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- grew two other departments of Vedic literature, sometimes included under the general name veda-, viz. the strings of aphoristic rules, called sūtra-s [ q.v ], and the mystical treatises on the nature of God and the relation of soul and matter, called upaniṣad- [ q.v ], which were appended to the āraṇyaka-s [ q.v ], and became the real veda- of thinking Hindus, leading to the darśana-s or systems of philosophy;in the later literature the name of"fifth veda-"is accorded to the itihāsa-s or legendary epic poems and to the purāṇa-s, and certain secondary veda-s or upa-veda-s [ q.v ] are enumerated;the vedāṅga-s or works serving as limbs [for preserving the integrity] of the veda- are explained under vedāṅga-below: the only other works included under the head of veda- being the pariśiṣṭa-s, which supply rules for the ritual omitted in the sūtra-s;in the bṛhad-āraṇyaka- upaniṣad- the veda-s are represented as the breathings of brahmā-, while in some of the purāṇa-s the four veda-s are said to have issued out of the four mouths of the four-faced brahmā- and in the viṣṇu-purāṇa- the veda- and viṣṇu- are identified)
vedhasīf. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhūtif. manifestation of might, great power, superhuman power (consisting of eight faculties, especially attributed to śiva-, but supposed also to be attainable by human beings through worship of that deity, viz. aṇiman-,the power of becoming as minute as an atom; laghiman-,extreme lightness; prāpti-,attaining or reaching anything[ exempli gratia, 'for example' the moon with the tip of the finger]; prākāmya-,irresistible will; mahiman-,illimitable bulk; īśitā-,supreme dominion; vaśitā-,subjugating by magic;and kāmāvasāyitā-,the suppressing all desires)
vikāram. contortion of the face, grimace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimalāśokamn. (?) Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimocanan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virajam. of a son of pūrṇiman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virajan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśālan. Name of a place of pilgrimage, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣam. Name of the primary elements or mahā-bhūta-s (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvagam. of a son of pūrṇiman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrajam. a herd, flock, swarm, troop, host, multitude etc. (saṃgrāmaḥ savrajaḥ-"a fight with many"; vrajo girimayaḥ-,prob. equals giri-vraja-,q.v ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yamunāprabhavam. the source of the river yamunā- (celebrated as a place of pilgrimage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yātrāf. going on a pilgrimage (see gaṅgā--and tīrtha-y-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yātrāprasaṅgam. engaging in or performing a pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yayātipatanan. "fall of yayāti-", Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yotum. (2. yu-?) equals parimāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
89 results
ajahatsvārthā अजहत्स्वार्था [न जहत् स्वार्थो$त्र, हा-शतृ न. ब.] A kind of लक्षणा, in which the primary or original sense of a word (which is used elliptically) does not disappear; as कुन्ताः प्रविशन्ति = कुन्तधारिणः पुरुषाः; श्वेतो धावति = श्वेतवर्णो$श्वो धावति; also called उपादानलक्षणा q. v.; स्वसिद्धये पराक्षेपः; कुन्ताः प्रविशन्ति, यष्टयः प्रविशन्ति इत्यादौ कुन्तादिभिरात्मन: प्रवेशसिद्ध्यर्थं स्वसंयोगिनः पुरुषा आक्षिप्यन्ते K.P.2. Adhyātma Rām.7.5.27. अजहत्स्वार्थवृत्ति ajahatsvārthavṛtti अजहत्स्वार्थवृत्ति a. Functioning without entirely surrendering one's own connotation; उत्पलशद्बसंनिधाने तदपेक्षा नीलशब्दस्तेनैकवाक्यतामभ्युपगच्छन्नजहत्स्वार्थवृत्तिरुपलविशे- षाभिधानपर उच्चार्यमाणः समबन्धमभ्युपैति । ŚB. on. MS.3.1.12.
aṇu अणु a. (णु-ण्वी f.) [अण्-उन्] Minute, small, little, atomic (opp. स्थूल, महत्); अणोरणीयान् Bg.8.9; सर्वोप्ययं नन्वणुः Bh.3.26. insignificantly small; अण्वपि भयम् Ms.6. 4; अण्वपि याच्यमानः Pt.4.26 asked but an atom, a very small quantity, न कन्यायाः पिता विद्वान् गृह्णीयात् शुल्कमण्वपि Ms.3.51. -णुः 1 An atom, a very small particle (an exceedingly small measure); the mote in a sunbeam, the smallest perceptible quantity; अस्थूलमनण्वह्रस्वमदीर्घं ब्रह्म; अणुं पर्वतीकृ Bh.2.78. to magnify; cf. also 'To make mountains of molehills.' -2 An atom of time (व्यञ्जनमर्ध- मात्रा तदर्धम् अणु); it is said to be 54,675, th part of a Muhūrta (48 minutes). -3 N. of Śiva. -4 N. of very small grain such as सर्षप, चीनक &c., अनणुषु दशमांशो$णुष्वथैकादशांशः Līlā. -णु n. the fourth part of a Mātrā. -Comp. -अन्तः [अणुः अन्तो यस्य] a hair-splitting question; (अण्वन्तः सूक्ष्मान्तः सुक्ष्मवस्तुनिर्णयान्तः प्रश्नः Śaṅkara). किमर्थमचारीः पशूनिच्छन्नण्वन्तानिति Br. up. 4.1.1. -तैलम् N. of a medicinal oil. -भा [अण्वी सूक्ष्मा भा प्रभा यस्याः सा] lightning. -मात्र a. [अणुः परिमाणं यस्य अणु-मात्रच्] of the size of an atom. -रेणुः [कर्म.] atomic dust. -रेवती [अणुः सूक्ष्मा रेवतीतारेव] N. of a plant (दन्तीवृक्ष) Croton Polyandrum. -वादः the doctrine of atoms, atomic theory, the theory that all material substances are primarily atoms and secondarily aggregates, and that all atoms are eternal. -वीक्षणम् [ष. त.] 1. minute observation, observation of very minute parts. -2 [अणुः सूक्ष्मो वीक्ष्यते अनेन करणे ल्युट्] an instrument, like the microscope, enabling one to discern the smallest objects. -व्रतानि N. of the twelve smaller vows of laymen adhering to the Jain faith. -व्रीहिः [कर्म.] a fine sort of grain, rice &c.
ativādaḥ अतिवादः 1 Very harsh, abusive or insulting language, reproof; यः परेषां नरो नित्यमतिवादांस्तितिक्षते । देवयानि विजानीहि तेन सर्वमिदं जितम् ॥ Mb.1.79.1. अतिवादां- स्तितिक्षेत Ms.6.47; reprimand, correction; अति- वादाद्वदाम्येष मा धर्ममभिशङ्किथाः Mb. -2 Exaggerated talk, hyperbole (अत्युक्ति); अतिवादं शंसति अतिवादेन वै देवा असुरान् अत्युद्य अथैनानत्यायन् Ait. Br.
adhikaraṇam अधिकरणम् [कृ-ल्युदट्] 1 Placing at the head of, appointing &c. -2 Relation, reference, connection; रामाधिकरणाः कथाः Rām. referring to. -3 (In gram.) Agreement, concord, government or grammatical relation (as of subject and predicate &c.); तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.1.2.42 having the members (of the compound) in the same relation or apposition; समानाधिकरणो or व्यधिकरणो बहुर्व्रीहिः; पीताम्बरः, चक्रपाणिः &c. -4 A receptacle or subject, technically substratum ज्ञानाधिकरणम् आत्मा T. S. the soul is the substratum of knowledge. -5 Location, place, the sense of the locative case; आधारोधिकरणम् P.1.4.45; कर्तृकर्म- व्यवहितामसाक्षाद्धारयत् क्रियाम् । उपकुर्वत् क्रियासिद्धौ शास्त्रेधिकरणं स्मृतम् ॥ Hari; as गेहे स्थाल्यामन्नं पचति. -6 A topic, subject; section, article or paragraph; a complete argument treating of one subject; A chapter in Kauṭilīya Arthaśāstra. e. g. प्रथमाधिकरणम् the Sūtras of Vyāsa and Jaimini are divided into Adhyāyas, the Adhyāyas into Pādas and the Pādas into Adhikara-ṇas or sections. (According to the Mīmāṁsakas a complete Adhikaraṇa consists of five members : विषय the subject or matter to be explained, विशय or संशय the doubt or question arising upon that matter, पूर्वपक्ष the first side or prima facie argument concerning it, उत्तर or उत्तरपक्ष or सिद्धान्त the answer or demonstrated conclusion, and संगति pertinency or relevancy, or (according to others निर्णय the final conclusion); विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम् । निर्णयश्चैति सिद्धान्तः शास्त्रे$धिकरणं स्मृतम् ॥ The Vedāntins put संगति in th 3 rd place, and सिद्धान्त last; तत्र एकैकमधिकरणं पञ्चावयवम्, विषयः संदेहः संगतिः पूर्वपक्षः सिद्धान्तश्च. Generally speaking, the five members may be विषय, संशय, पूर्वपक्ष, उत्तरपक्ष and सिद्धान्त or राद्धान्त). -7 Court of justice, court, tribunal; स्वान्दोषान् कथयन्ति नाधिकरणे Mk.9.3; ˚रणे च साधनम् Dk.4. -8 Stuff, material; विप्रतिषिद्धं चानधिकरणवाचि P.II.4.13 (अद्रव्यवाचि); अधिकरणै ˚एतावत्त्वे च P.II.4.15 fixed number of things, as दश तन्तोष्ठः Sk. -9 A claim, Bhāg, 5.1.16. -1 Supremacy. -11 A government department; सर्वाधिकरणरक्षणम् Kau. A.4. -12 A gathering place प्रत्यक्षाश्च परोक्षाश्च सर्वाधिकरणेष्वथ । वृत्तेर्भरतशार्दूल नित्यं चैवान्ववेक्षणम् ॥ Mb.12.59.68. -13 A department; अश्वागारान् गजागारान् बलाधिकरणानि च Mb.12. 69.54. -णी One who superintends. -Comp. -भोजकः a court-dignitary, a judge, भीतभीता अधिकरणभोजकाः Mk.9. -मण्डपः court or hall of justice. अधिकरणमण्डपस्य मार्गमादेशय Mk.9. -लेखकः a. official recorder or scribe, who drew up sale-deeds and other documents after getting the land measured in his presence; RT.VI.38. -विचालः [अधिकरणस्य विचालः अन्यथाकरणम्] changing the quantity of any thing, increasing or decreasing it so many times; ˚विचाले च P.V.3.43; द्रव्यस्य संख्यान्तरापादने संख्याया धा स्यात्; एकं राशिं पञ्चधा कुरु Sk. -सिद्धान्तः a conclusion which involves others.
anukalpaḥ अनुकल्पः [अनुगतः मुख्यं कल्पम्] 1 A secondary direction or precept, a substitute or alternative to be used in times of necessity when the primary one (प्रथमकल्प) is not possible; as the direction to use गोधूम or तण्डुल in the absence of यव; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms. 11.3,3.147. -2 A work connected with Kalpa (one of the six auxiliaries of the Vedas).
anubandhya अनुबन्ध्य a. Principal, chief, primary (which may receive an adjunct, as a root, a disease &c.). -2 [वधार्थं बन्धः अनुबन्धः कर्मणि ण्यत्] To be killed (as a bull), one of the three principal sacrificial animals at the ज्योतिष्टोम sacrifice; गारनुबन्ध्यः K. P.2.
anvācayaḥ अन्वाचयः [प्रधानस्य पश्चादन्यः आचीयते बोध्यते यत्र, चि- अच्] 1 Statement of a secondary (गौण) rite or action after the mention of a primary (प्रधान) one; adding an object of secondary importance to the main object, one of the senses of the particle च; चान्वाचये समाहारे Ak.; अन्यतरस्यानुषङ्गिकत्वे$न्वाचयः; as भो भिक्षामट गां चानय where going out to beg is enjoined to the beggar as his principal object, and the bringing of a cow (if he can see any) is tacked on to it as a secondary object. -2 Such an object itself. -Comp. -शिष्ट a. propounded as a rule or matter of secondary importance.
apatīrtha अपतीर्थ A bad Tīrtha or place of pilgrimage.
abhidhā अभिधा 3 U. 1 (a) To say, speak, tell (with acc. rarely with dat.); सा तथ्यमेवाभिहिता भवेन Ku.3.63; Ms.1.42; Bk.7.78. य इदं परमं गुह्यं मद्भक्तेष्वभिधास्यति Bg.18.68. (b) To denote, express or convey directly or primarily (as sense &c.); state, mention, set forth; साक्षात्संकेतितं यो$र्थमभिधत्ते स वाचकः K. P.2; तन्नाम येनाभि- दधाति सत्त्वम्. (c) To speak or say to, address. -2 To name, call, designate; usually in pass. (-धीयते); इदं शरीरं कौन्तेय क्षेत्रमित्यभिधीयते Bg.13.1. -3 To lay or put on, fasten, bind; to overlay, load; assail; receive, comprehend, include; to draw oneself towards, hold, support (mostly Ved. in these senses.)
abhidhā अभिधा a. Ved. Naming; praised, invoked. अभिधा असि भुवनमसि यन्तासि धर्ता Vāj.22.3. n. 1 A name, appellation; oft. in comp.; कुसुमवसन्ताद्यभिधः S. D. -2 A word, sound. -3 The literal power or sense of a word, denotation, one of the three powers of a word; वाच्यो$र्थो$ भिधया बोध्यः S. D.2. "the expressed meaning is that which is conveyed to the understanding by the word's denotation", for it is this अभिधा that conveys to the understanding the meaning which belongs to the word by common consent or convention (संकेत) (which primarily made it a word at all); स मुख्यो$र्थस्तत्र मुख्यो यो व्यापारो$स्याभिधोच्यते K. P.2. -Comp. -ध्वंसिन् a. losing one's name. -मूल a. founded on a word's denotation or literal meaning.
abhidheya अभिधेय pot. p. To be named, mentioned, expressed &c.; वागेव मे नाभिधेयविषयमवतरति त्रपया K.151 words refuse, through shame, to express what I have to say. -2 Nameable, as a category or predicament (in logic); अभिधेयाः पदार्थाः, अभिधेयत्वं पदार्थसामान्यलक्षणम्. -यम् 1 Signification, meaning, sense, import; P.I.1.34 Sk.; स्तुवन्ति गुर्वीमभिधेयसंपदम् Ki.14.5. -2 A substance; -3 The subject-matter; इहाभिधेयं सप्रयोजनम् K. P.1; इति प्रयोजनाभिधेयसंबन्धाः Mugdha. -4 The primary or literal sense of a word (= अभिधा); अभिधेयाविनाभूत- प्रतीतिर्लक्षणोच्यते K. P.2.
arbukāḥ अर्बुकाः N. of a people; Mb. अर्बु arbu (र्व rva) दः dḥ दम् dam अर्बु (र्व) दः दम् 1 A swelling, tumour, (of various kind); मांस˚, नासा˚, शोणित˚ &c. -2 One hundred millions. बहूनीह सहस्राणि प्रयुतान्यर्बुदानि च । अशक्यान्येव संख्यातुं पन्नगानां तपोधन ॥ Mb.1.35.19. -3 N. of a mountain in the West of India (Abu). -4 A serpent-like demon killed by Indra; Rv.1.51.6. -5 A serpent. -6 A cloud. -7 A place of pilgrimage (of the Jainas). -8 A long round mass, lump of flesh; यदि पिण्डः पुमान् स्त्री चेत् पेशी नपुंसकं चेदर्बुदम् Suśr; Y.3.75.89 (मांसपिण्ड). -9 N. of a people. -1 N. of a hell. -आकारः N. of the plant Cordis myxa (Mar. गोंदणी, भोंकर).
ādi आदि a. 1 First, primary, primitive; निदानं त्वादिकारणम् Ak. -2 Chief, first, principal, pre-eminent; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; see below. -3 First in time existing before. -दीः 1 Beginning, commencement (opp. अन्त); अप एव ससर्जादौ तासु बीजमवासृजत् Ms.1.8; Bg.3.41; अनादि &c.; जगदादिरनादिस्त्वम् Ku.2.9; oft. at the end of comp. and translated by 'beginning with', 'et cætera', 'and others', 'and so on' (of the same nature or kind), 'such like'; इन्द्रादयो देवाः the gods Indra and others (इन्द्रः आदिर्येषां ते); एवमादि this and the like; भ्वादयो धातवः भू and others, or words beginning with भू, are called roots; oft. used by Pāṇini to denote classes or groups of grammatical words; अदादि, दिवादि, स्वादि &c. -2 First part of portion. -3 A firstling, first-fruits. -4 Prime cause. -5 Nearness. -6 One of the seven parts of Sāma; अथ सप्तविधस्य वाचि सप्तविधं सामोपासीत यत्किंच वाचो हुमिति स हिंकारो यत्प्रेति स प्रस्तावो यदेति स आदिः Ch. Up.2.8.1. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 having beginning and end. -2 first and last. (-तम्) beginning and end. -˚यमकम् N. of a figure in poetry. cf. Bk.1.21. ˚वत् having beginning and end, finite. ˚अन्तर्वर्तिन् a. having a beginning, end and middle; being all-in-all. -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the first syllable. -उपान्तम् ind. from first to last. -करः, -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator, an epithet of Brahmā or Viṣnu; गरीयसे ब्रह्मणो$प्यादिकर्त्रे Bg.11.37; विशेषणे द्वे य इहादिकर्तुर्वदेदधीती स हि कैयटीयः Śab. Kau. -कर्मन् n. the beginning of an action. -कविः 'the first poet', an epithet of Brahmā and of Vālmīki; the former is so called because he first produced and promulgated the Vedas; (तेने ब्रह्म हृदा य आदिकवये मुह्यन्ति यत्सूरयः Bhāg.1.1.1.) and the latter, because he was the first to show to others 'the path of poets'; when he beheld one of a pair of Krauñcha birds being killed by a fowler, he cursed the wretch, and his grief unconsciously took the form of a verse (श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः); he was subsequently told by Brahmā to compose the life of Rāma, and he thus gave to the world the first poem in Sanskrit, the Rāmāyaṇa; cf. U.2. Viṣkambhaka. -काण्डम् the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कारणम् the first or primary cause (of the universe), which, according to the Vedāntins, is Brahman; while, according to the Naiyāyikas and particalarly the Vaiśeṣikas, atoms are the first or material cause of the universe, and not God. -2 analysis. -3 algebra. -काव्यम् the first poem; i. e. the Rāmāyaṇa; see आदिकवि. -केशवः N. of Viṣṇu. -जिनः N. of Ṛiṣabha, the first तीर्थंकर. -तालः a sort of musical time or ताल; एक एव लघुर्यत्र आदितालः स कथ्यते. -दीपकम् N. of a figure in rhetoric (the verb standing at the beginning of the sentence). cf. Bk.1.23. -देवः 1 the first or Supreme God; पुरुषं शाश्वतं दिव्यं आदिदेव- मजं विभुम् Bg.1.12,11.38. -2 Nārāyaṇa or Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 Brahmā; Mb.12.188.2. -5 the sun. -दैत्यः an epithet of Hiraṇyakaśipu. -नाथः N. of Ādibuddha. -पर्वन् n. 'the first section or chapter', N. of the first book of the Mahābhārata. -पुराणम् the first Purāṇa, N. of the Brahma-Purāṇa. N. of a Jaina religious book. -पु (पू) रुषः 1 the first or primeval being, the lord of the creation. -2 Viṣṇu, Kṛiṣṇa, or Nārāyaṇa; ते च प्रापुरुदन्वन्तं बुबुधे चादिपूरुषः R.1.6; तमर्घ्यमर्घ्यादिकयादिपूरुषः Śi.1.14. -बलम् generative power; first vigour. -बुद्ध a. perceived in the beginning. (-द्धः) the primitive Buddha. -भव, -भूत a. produced at first. (-वः, -तः) 1 'the first-born', primeval being, an epithet of Brahmā; इत्युक्त्वादिभवो देवः Bhāg.7.3.22. -2 also N. of Viṣṇu; रसातलादादि. भवेन पुंसा R.13.8. -3 an elder brother. (-तम्) minute five elements (पञ्चमहाभूतानि); नष्टे लोके द्विपरार्धावसाने महा- भूतेष्वादिभूतं गतेषु Bhāg.1.3.25. -मूलम् first foundation, primeval cause. -योगाचार्यः 'the first teacher of devotion', an epithet of Śiva. -रसः the first of he 8 Rasas, i. e. शृङ्गार or love. -राजः the first king पृथु; an epithet of Manu. -रूपम् Symptom (of disease). -वंशः primeval race, primitive family. -वराहः 'the first boar', an epithet of Visṇu, alluding to his third or boar-incarnation. -विद्वस् m. the first learned man; कपिल. -विपुला f. N. of an Āryā metre. -वृक्षः N. of a plant (Mar. आपटा). -शक्तिः f. 1 the power of माया or illusion. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -शरीरम् 1. the primitive body. -2 ignorance. -3 the subtle body. -सर्गः the first creation.
ādya आद्य a. [आदौ भवः यत्] 1 First, primitive, being at the beginning. -2 Being at the head, excellent, unparalleled, pre-eminent, foremost; योगी परं स्थानमुपैति चाद्यम् Bg.8.28;11.31;11.47;15.4. आसीन्महीक्षितामाद्यः प्रणवश्छन्दसामिव R.1.11. -3 (At the end of comp.) Beginning with, and so on; see आदि. -4 Immediately preceding; एकादशाद्यम् Śrut.27 immediately before the 11th, i. e. 1th; so संयुक्ताद्यम् 2. -5 Eatable (अद्ण्यत्); वयमाद्यस्य दातारः Praṣna Up.2.11; हितं च परिणामे यत्तदाद्यं भूतिमिच्छता Pt.4.22. -द्याः m. (pl.) A class of deities. -द्या 1 An epithet of Durgā. -2 The first day (तिथि) of a month. -द्यम् 1 The beginning. -2 Grain, food. -3 A kind of funeral obsequial ceremony (पितृश्राद्धभेद). -Comp. -कविः 'the first poet,' an epithet of Brahmā or Vālmīki; see आदिकवि. -कालिक a. Seeing only the present (वर्तमान- मात्रदर्शिन्); आद्यकालिकया बुद्ध्द्ध्या दूरे श्व इति निर्भयाः Mb.12. 321.14. -बीजम् the primary or material cause of the universe, which, according to the Sāṅkhyas, is प्रधान or the inanimate principle. -माषकः a measure of five guñjas (about. 17 1/2 grains Troy).
upacāraḥ उपचारः 1 Service, attendance; honouring worshipping, entertaining; Mk.4; अस्खलितोपचाराम् R.5.2; K.344. -2 Civility, politeness, courtesy, polite behaviour, (external display of courtesy); ˚परिभ्रष्टः H.1.114. devoid of civility, uncourteous; ˚विधिर्मनस्विनीनाम् M.3.3; उपचारैरुपाचरत् Ks.16.29; मिथ्योपचारैश्च वशीकृतानाम् H.1.75; नोपचारेण ब्रूयाः Rām.; ˚पदं न चेदिदम् Ku.4.9. a merely complimentary saying, a flattering compliment; ˚मात्रमधुरम् K.222,27; M.4; ˚क्रिया Ms. 8.357 showing marks of favour, courting, (sending perfumes &c.). -3 Salutation, usual or customary obeisance, homage; नोपचारमर्हन्ति Ś.3.17; ˚यन्त्रणया M.4; ˚अतिक्रमम् 4,5; ˚अञ्जलिः R.3.11 folding the hands in salutation. -4 A form or mode of address or salutation; तेन वाक्योपचारेण विस्मिताः राजसत्तमाः Mb.5.162. 45; रामभद्र इत्येव मां प्रत्युपचारः शोभते तातपरिजनस्य U.1; यथा गुरुस्तथोपचारेण 6; V.5; Śi.9.78. -5 External show or form, ceremony; प्रावृषेण्यैरेव लिङ्गैर्मम राजोपचारः V.4 royal service, pomp or state of royalty; भूषणाद्युप- चारेण Mu.3.23. v. l. -6 A remedy, physicking, application of cure, of remedy; शिशिर˚ Dk.15; शीत˚ Pt.1; Dk.23; K.12. -7 Practice, performance, art, conduct, management, procedure; व्रतचर्या˚ Ms.1. III; प्रसाधन˚ 1.32,9.259; कामोपचारेषु Dk.81 in the conduct of love-affairs; समन्त्रं सोपचारम् (अस्त्रम्) Mb.; अवेशसदृशप्रणयोपचाराम् Mk.8.23 course of love &c.; वाक्यो- पचारे कुशला Rām.2.44.3 skilled in the employment of words; use, usage; यत्र लौकिकानामुपचारः v. l. for व्याहारः in U.6. -8 Means of doing homage or showing respect; प्रकीर्णाभिनवोपचारम् (राजमार्गम्) R.7.4 (hanging garlands &c.); 5.41. -9 Hence, any necessary or requisite article (of worship, ceremony, decoration, furniture &c.); presenting flowers, perfumes &c.; सन्मङ्गलोपचाराणाम् R.1.77; क्लृप्तोपचारां चतुरस्रवेदीम् Ku.7.88; कुसुमैः कृतोपचारः V.2; so ˚रमणीयतया Ś.6; ˚वत्सु मञ्चेषु R.6.1 the necessary decorations (canopy &c.); (the Upachāras or articles of worship are variously numbered, being 5, 1, 16, 18 or 64). -1 Behaviour, conduct, demeanour; वैश्यशूद्रोपचारं च Ms.1.116; (religious) conduct in life; साधूनामुपचारज्ञः Rām.; परिजन˚ Mk.1. -11 Use, employment; K.183. -12 Any religious performance, a ceremony; प्रयुक्तपाणिग्रहणोपचारौ Ku.7.86; Mv.1.24. -13 (a) Figurative or metaphorical use, secondary application (opp. मुख्य or primary sense); अचेतने$पि चेतनवदुपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B; कूलं पिपतिषतीत्यचेतने$पि कूले चेतनवदुपचारो दृश्यते Mbh. on P.IV. 3.86 personification; so छत्रिणो गच्छन्तीत्येकेनापि छत्रिणा बहूनां छत्रित्वोपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B.; करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् ibid.; न चास्य करधृतत्वं तत्त्वतो$स्तीति मुख्ये$पि उपचार एव शरणं स्यात् K. P.1. (b) Supposed or fancied identification founded on resemblance; उभयरूपा चेयं शुद्धा उपचारेणामिश्रि- तत्वात् K. P.2. (S. D. explains उपचार by अत्यन्तं विशकलितयोः सादृश्यातिशयमहिम्ना भेदप्रतीतिस्थगनमात्रम्). -14 A bribe. -15 A pretext; Śi.1.2. -16 A request, solicitation. -17 Occurrence of स् and ष् in the place of Visarga. -18 N. of a परिशिष्ट of the Sāmaveda. -Comp. -च्छलम् A kind of fallacious inference to be refuted by reference to the real sense of a word used metaphorically, e. g. if any one from the sentence मञ्चाः क्रोशन्ति were to conclude that the मञ्च (platform) really cries and not persons on the platform. Nyāyadarśana. -पदम् A courteous or polite word, a mere compliment. उपचारपदं न चेदिदं त्वमनङ्गः कथमक्षता रतिः । Ku.4.9.
upādānam उपादानम् 1 Taking, receiving, acquisition, obtaining; विश्रब्धं ब्राह्मणः शूद्राद् द्रव्योपादानमाचरेत् Ms.8.417; 12.7; विद्या˚ K.75. -2 Taking away, appropriating to oneself. -3 Employment, using; becoming familiar with. -4 Mention, enumeration; किमास्योपादाने प्रयोजनम् Mbh.I.1.9. -5 Saying, speaking. -6 Including, containing. -7 Withdrawing the organs of sense and perception from the external world and its objects. -8 A cause; motive, natural or immediate cause; पाटवोपादानः भ्रमः U.3. v. l.; प्रकृष्टपुण्य- परिपाकोपादानो महिमा स्यात् U.6. -9 The material out of which anything is made, the material cause; निमित्तमेव ब्रह्म स्यादुपादानं च वेक्षणात् adhikaraṇamālā. -1 A mode of expression in which a word used elliptically, besides retaining its own primary sense, conveys another (in addition to that which is actually expressed); स्वसिद्धये पराक्षेपः ... उपादानम् K. P.2. -11 (With Buddhists) conception; grasping at or clinging to existence (caused by तृष्णा and causing भव). (With Rāmānujas) preparation (of perfumes, flowers &c. as one of the five elements of worship). -12 Effort of body or speech. -13 N. of the four contentments mentioned in सांख्यकारिका as प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -Comp. -कारणम् a material cause; प्रकृतिश्चोपादान- कारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. -लक्षणा = अजहत्स्वार्था q. v.; see K. P.2; S. D.14.
kāraṇam कारणम् [कृ-णिच् ल्युट्] 1 A cause, reason; कारणकोपाः कुटुम्बिन्यः M.1.18; R.1.74; Bg.13.21; oft. with loc. of the effect; Bh.2.84. -2 Ground, motive, object; प्रव्राज्य चीरवसनं किं नु पश्यसि कारणम् Rām.2.73. 12. किं पुनः कारणम् Mbh.; Y.2.23; Ms.8.347; कारण- मानुषीं तनुम् R.16.22. -3 An instrument, means; गर्भस्रावे मासतुल्या निशाः शुद्धेस्तु कारणम् Y.3.2,65. -4 (In Nyāya phil.) A cause, that which is invariably antecedent to some product and is not otherwise constituted; or, according to Mill, 'the antecedent or concurrence of antecedents on which the effect is invariably and unconditionally consequent'; according to Naiyāyikas it is of three kinds; (1) समवायि (intimate or inherent); as threads in the case of cloth; (2) असमवायि (non-intimate or non-inherent), as the conjunction of the threads in the case of cloth; (3) निमित्त (instrumental) as the weaver's loom. -5 The generative cause, creator, father; Ku.5.81. -6 An element, elementary matter; Y.3.148; Bg.18. 13. -7 The origin or plot of a play, poem &c. -8 An organ of sense; हित्वा तनुं कारणमानुषीं ताम्. -9 The body. -1 A sign, document, proof or authority; प्रमाणं चैव लोकस्य ब्रह्मात्रैव हि कारणम् Ms.11.84. -11 That on which any opinion or judgment is based. -12 Action; आत्मना कारणैश्चैव समस्येह महीक्षितः Mb.12.59.13. -13 A legal instrument or document. -14 Agency, instrumentality. -15 A deity (as the proximate or remote cause of creation) -16 Killing, injuring. -17 A desire (वासना) created formerly (as पूर्ववासना); पूर्वं नित्यं सर्वगतं मनोहेतुम- लक्षणम् । अज्ञानकर्मनिर्दिष्टमेतत्कारणलक्षणम् ॥ Mb.12.211.6. -णा 1 Pain, agony. -2 Casting into hell. -3 Urging, instigation. (-कारणात् for the reason that; द्वेष˚ on account of hatred; मत्कारणात् for my sake; Pt.1.22.) -4 Action; निमित्ते कारणात्मके Mb.12.289.7. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 a particular reason; प्रविष्टो$स्मि दुराधर्षं वालिनः कारणान्तरे Rām.4.1.28; -2 instrumental cause; येन वैश्रवणो भ्राता वैमात्राः कारणान्तरे Rām.3.48.4. -अन्वित a. having a cause or reason. -आख्या a. N. of the organ of perception and action, of बुद्धि, अहंकार and मनस्. -उत्तरम् a special plea, denial of the cause of complaint; admission of the charge generally, but denial of the actual issue (in law). -कारणम् an elementary or primary cause; an atom; त्वं कारणं कारणकारणानाम् Ki.18. 35. -कारितम् ind. in consequence of; यदि प्रव्राजितो रामो लोभकारणकारितम् Rām.2.58.28. -गत a. referred to its cause, resolved into its principles. -गुणः a quality of the cause; Sāṅ. K.14. -बलवत् a. strong by motives; Pt.5.29. -भूत a. 1 caused. -2 forming the cause. -माला a figure of speech, 'a chain of causes'; यथोत्तरं चेत् पूर्वस्य पूर्वस्यार्थस्य हेतुता । तदा कारणमाला स्यात् K. P.1; e. g. Bg.2.62,63; also S. D.728. -मूलम् (in Rhet.) a law of causation. -वादिन् m. a complainant, plaintiff. -वारि n. the original water produced at the beginning of the creation. -विहीन a. without a cause. -शरीरम् (in Vedānta phil.) the inner rudiment of the body, causal frame.
kāśī काशी See काशि. -Comp. -नाथः an epithet of Śiva. -यात्रा pilgrimage to Benares.
kṣetram क्षेत्रम् [क्षि-ष्ट्रन्] A fiield, ground, soil; चीयते बालिश- स्यापि सत्क्षेत्रपतिता कृषिः Mu.1.3. -2 Landed property, land. -3 Place, abode, region, repository; कपटशतमयं क्षेत्रमप्रत्ययानाम् Pt.1.191; Bh.1.77; Me.16. -4 A sacred spot, a place of pilgrimage; क्षेत्रं क्षत्रप्रधनपिशुनं कौरवं तद्भजेथाः Me.5; Bg.1.1. -5 An enclosed spot of ground, portion or space, superficies, circuit. -6 Fertile soil. -7 Place of origin; Bhāg.2.6.1. -8 A wife; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ms.3.175; वृद्धस्तु व्याधितो वा राजा ... क्षेत्रे बीजमुत्पादयेत् Kau. A.1.17. -9 The sphere of action, the body (regarded as the field of the working of the soul); योगिनो यं विचिन्वन्ति क्षेत्राभ्यन्तर- वर्तिनम् Ku.6.77; Bg.13.1,2,3. -1 The mind. -11 A house; a town. -12 A plane figure, as a triangle. -13 A diagram. -14 A sign of the zodiac. -15 (in chiromancy) A certain portion marked out on the palm; क्षेत्रं मृजां च विधिवत्कुशलो$वलोक्य सामुद्रविद्वदति यातमनागतं च Bṛi. S.68.1. -Comp. -अंशः a degree of the ecliptic. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of any sacred piece of ground. -आजीवः, -करः, -कृत m. a cultivator, peasant. -इक्षुः N. of a corn (यवनाल- Mar. जोंधळा). -गणितम् geometry. -गत a. geometrical. ˚उपपत्तिः f. geometrical proof. -ज a. 1 produced in a field. -2 born from the body. (-जः) 1 one of the 12 kinds of sons allowed by the old Hindu Law, the offspring of a wife by a kinsman duly appointed to raise up issue to the husband; Ms.9.167,18; Y.1.69,2.128. -जात a. begotten on the wife of another. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing places. -2 clever, dexterous; क्षेत्रज्ञवद्भाषसे त्वं हि धर्मान् Mb.1.89.14. (-ज्ञः) 1 the soul; cf. क्षेत्रज्ञं चापि मां विद्धि सर्वक्षेत्रेषु भारत Bg. 13.1,3; Ms.12.12. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 a libertine. -4 a husbandman. -5 a form of Śiva. -6 a witness. (-ज्ञा) a girl fifteen years old personating Durgā at a festival. -देवता the deity of the fields; N. of a serpant. -पतिः a land-owner, a landlord. -पदम् a place sacred to a deity; पादौ हरेः क्षेत्रपदानुसर्पणे Bhāg. 9.4.2. -पालः 1 a man employed to guard a field. -2 a deity protecting fields. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -फलम् the area or superficial contents of a figure (in math.) -भक्तिः f. the division of a field. -भूमिः f. cultivated land. -राशिः quantity represented by geometrical figures. -लिप्ता a minute of the ecliptic. -विद् a. = क्षेत्रज्ञ q. v. (-m.) 1 a husbandman. -2 a sage, one who has spiritual knowledge; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुः Ku.3.5. -3 the soul; यः क्षेत्रवित्तपतया हृदि विष्वगाविः Bhāg.4.22.37. -व्यवहारः 1 drawing a figure in geometry. -2 geometrical demonstration. -स्थ a. residing at a sacred place.
gaṅgā गङ्गा [गम्-गन्; Uṇ.1.12] 1 The river Ganges, the most sacred river in India; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा Bh.2.1; R.2.26;13.57; (mentioned in Rv.1.75.5, along with other rivers considered sacred in India). -2 The Ganges personified as a goddess. [Gaṅgā is the eldest daughter of Himavat. It is said that a curse of Brahmā made her come down upon earth, where she became the first wife of King Śantanu. She bore him eight sons, of whom Bhīṣma, the youngest, became a well-known personage, renowned for his valour and life-long celibacy. According to another account she came down on earth being propitiated by Bhagīratha; see भगीरथ and जह्नु also; and cf. Bh.2. 1]. इमं मे गङ्गे यमुने सरस्वति Mahānār. Up.5.4. -Comp. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n. 1 water of the Ganges. -2 pure rain-water (such as falls in the month of आश्विन). -अवतारः 1 the descent of the Ganges on the earth; भगीरथ इव दृष्टगङ्गावतारः K.32 (where गङ्गा˚ also means 'descent into the Ganges' for ablution). -2 N. of a sacred place. -अष्टकम् a collection of eight verses addressed to the Ganges; गङ्गाष्टकं पठति यः प्रयतः प्रभाते वाल्मीकिना विरचितं शुभदं मनुष्यः । -उद्भेदः the source of the Ganges. -क्षेत्रम् the river Ganges and the district two Koss on either of its banks. -चिल्ली Gangetic kite. -जः, -सुतः 1 N. of Bhīṣma. -2 of Kārtikeya; गङ्गासुतस्त्वं स्वमतेन देव स्वाहामहीकृत्तिकानां तथैव Mb.3.232.15. -जलम् the holy water (by which it is customary to administer oaths). -दत्तः an epithet of Bhīsma. -द्वारम् the place where the Ganges enters the plains (also called हरिद्वार); गङ्गाद्वारं प्रति महान्बभूव भगवानृषिः Mb.1.13.33. -धरः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the ocean. ˚पुरम् N. of a town. -पुत्रः 1 N. of Bhīṣma. -2 of Kārtikeya. -3 a man of a mixed and vile caste whose business is to remove dead bodies. -4 a Brāhmaṇa who conducts pilgrims to the Ganges. -भृत् m. 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the ocean. -मध्यम् the bed of the Ganges. -यात्रा 1 a pilgrimage to the Ganges. -2 carrying a sick person to the river-side to die there. -लहरी N. of poem by Jagannātha Paṇḍita. -सप्तमी the 7th day in the light half of वैशाख. -सागरः the place where the Ganges enters the ocean. -सुप्तः 1 an epithet of Bhīsma. -2 of Kartikya. -ह्रदः N. of a तीर्थ. गङ्गाका gaṅgākā गङ्गका gaṅgakā गङ्गिका gaṅgikā गङ्गाका गङ्गका गङ्गिका The Ganges.
gayaḥ गयः 1 N. of the people living round Gayā and the district inhabited by them. -2 N. of an Asura. -3 Wealth. -4 House, household, family. -5 Offspring, progeny. -6 The sky. -7 One's own place or abode. -या N. of a city in Behar which is a place of pilgrimage.
gāndhāraḥ गान्धारः 1 The third of the seven primary notes of the Indian Gamut; (commonly denoted by ग in musical notation). -2 Red lead. -3 N. of a country between India and Persia, the modern Kandahāra. -5 A native or a ruler of that country. -रम् Gum myrrh.
go गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.] 1 Cattle, kine (pl.) -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c. -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1. -4 The sky. -5 The thunderbolt of Indra; Ki.8.1. -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6. -7 A diamond. -8 Heaven. -9 An arrow. -f. 1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6. -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6). -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2. -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī. -5 A mother. -6 A quarter of the compass. -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5. -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42. -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव. -2 The hair of the body. -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3. -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49. -5 The sun. -6 The number 'nine' (in math.). -7 The moon. -8 A singer. -9 A billion. -1 A cow-sacrifice -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा ... Enm. -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. -2 the cow's hoof. -3 the print of a cow's hoof. -कर्ण a. having cow's ears. (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57. -2 a mule. -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42. -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P. -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33. -6 a kind of deer. -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42. -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird. -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough -2 a pestle. -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb. -2 a cow-house. -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up). -कुलिक a. 1 one who does not help a cow in the mud. -2 squint-eyed. -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā. -कृतम् cow-dung. -क्षीरम् cow's milk. -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof. -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13. -खा a nail. -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf. -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen. -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed. -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung. -2 a cow-house. -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2. -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer. -घृतम् 1 rain-water. -2 clarified butter coming from a cow. -घ्न a. 1 destructive to cows. -2 one who has killed a cow. -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest. -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood. -चर a. 1 grazed over by cattle. -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13. -4 moving on earth. -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12. -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39. -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible. -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16. -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1. -6 horizon. -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4. -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. ˚पीडा inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current). -चर्मन् n. 1 a cow's hide. -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29. -चारकः cowherd. -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8. -ज a. 1 born in the earth (rice &c.). -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा ...... Kaṭh.5.2. -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13. -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow. -जागरिकम् auspiciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker. -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11. -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी). -जिह्विका the uvula. -जीव a. living on cattle (milkman); Hch.1.7. -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow. -तीर्थम् a cowhouse. -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क] 1 a cow-pen. -2 a stable in general. -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141. -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88. -5 a multitude. -6 increase. -7 a forest. -8 a field. -9 a road. -1 possessions, wealth. -11 an umbrella, a parasol. -12 knowledge of futurity. -13 a genus, class, species. -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm. (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows. -2 the earth. ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree. ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family. ˚कीला the earth. ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135. ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree. ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52. ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī. -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (protecting the head). -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail. (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment. -2 a white fossil substance. -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow. -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently). -3 the part of the head close to the right ear. -दाय a. intending to give cows. -दारणम् 1 a plough. -2 a spade, hoe. -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south. -दुह् m., -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi. -दोहः 1 the milking of cows. -2 the milk of cows. -3 the time of milking cows. -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows. -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4. -दोहनी a milk-pail. -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow. -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. -2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow. -धरः a mountain. -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26. -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour; -सम्भवम् a sour paste. -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf. -भ्रः a mountain. -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva. -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird. -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane. -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). -3 N. of a country. -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake. -2 a kind of gem. -नसा the mouth of a cow. -नाथः 1 a bull. -2 an owner of land. -3 a herdsman. -4 an owner of kine. -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3. -नाशनः a wolf. -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox. -नासम् a kind of gem. -निष्यन्दः cow's urine. -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15. -2 the chief of a cowpen. -3 the superintendent of a village. -4 a king. -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1. ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49. ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd. ˚आटविका a cowherd. ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd. -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. ˚चापः the rainbow. ˚दलः the betel-nut tree. ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily. ˚रसः gum myrrh. ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1. (-पकः) 1 the superintendent of a district. -2 myrrh. (-पिका) 1 a cowherdess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15. -2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports). -2 a milk-maid. -3 a protectress. -4 Nature, elementary nature. -पतिः 1 an owner of cows. -2 a bull. -3 a leader, chief. -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32. -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1. -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11. -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26. -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av. -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो. -पशुः a sacrificial cow. -पाः m. Ved. 1 a herdsman. -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57. -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15. -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed. -पालकः 1 a cowherd. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19. -पालितः N. of a lexicographer. -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.). -पीतः a species of wagtail. -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. -पुच्छम् a cow's tail. -2 a particular point of an arrow. (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22. -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. -3 a kind of drum. -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull. -पुत्रः 1 a young bull. -2 an epithet of Karṇa. -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1. -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5. -3 the ornamental gateway of a temple. -पुरीषम् cowdung. -प्रकाण्डम् an excellent cow or bull. -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle. -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11. -प्रदानम् same as गोदान. -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35. -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. -2 a sling. -बालः the hair of cows. -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मक्षिका a gadfly. -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3. -मंडलम् 1 the globe. -2 a multitude of cows. -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B. -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v. -मतल्लिका a tractable cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41. -मथः a cowherd. -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist. -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय. -मांसम् beef. -मायु 1 a kind of frog. -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25. -3 bile of a cow. -4 N. of a Gandharva. -मीनः a kind of fish. -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55. (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark. -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly. -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. -2 a house built unevenly. -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. -मूढ a. stupid as a bull. -मूत्रम् cow's urine. -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11. -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly. -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it :-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.) -2 a form of calculation. -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय). -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue. -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद. -2 a kind of poison (काकोल). -3 smearing the body with unguents. -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8. -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174. -युक्त a. drawn by oxen. -युतम् 1 a cattle station. -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22. -रक्षः 1 a cowherd. -2 keeping or tending cattle. -3 the orange. -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat. -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith). -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl -2 a prisoner. -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. -4 a chanter. -रवम् saffron. -रसः cow's milk. -2 curds. -3 buttermilk. -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk. -राजः an excellent bull. -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird. -रुतम् a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva. -रोचम् yellow orpiment. -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow. -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3. -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world. -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute. -2 white Dūrvā grass. -3 Zedoary. -4 N. of a shrub. -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf. -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59. -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -वरम् pounded cowdung. -वशा a barren cow. -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen. -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide. -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m. 1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9. -2 a husbandman. -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows. -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन -विष् f., -विष्ठा cowdung. -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4. -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9. -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2. -वीर्यम् the price received for milk. -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle. -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow. -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva. -वैद्यः a quack docter. -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen. -2 a herd of cows. -3 a place where cattle graze. -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in frugality; ...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः ... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14. -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182. -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall. -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11. -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23. -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine. -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7. -2 giving cattle. -ष्टोमः a kind of sacrifice fasting for one day. -संख्यः a cowherd. -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय). -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग. -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17. -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ. -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री). -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow. -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings. -4 a kind of fort. -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes. -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen. -स्वामिन् m. 1 an owner of cows. -2 a religious mendicant. -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्). -हत्या cow-slaughter. -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung. -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.) -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.
gauṇa गौण a. (णी f.) [गुणमधिकृत्य प्रवृत्ता गौणी, तत आगतः अण्] 1 Subordinate, secondary, unessential; गुणवचनत्वाद् गौणः शब्दः ŚB. on MS.1.2.15. -2 (In gram.) Indirect or less immediate (opp. मुख्य or प्रधान); गौणे कर्मणि दुह्यादेः प्रधाने नीहृकृष्वहाम् Sk. -3 Figurative, metaphorical, used in a secondary sense (as a word or sense); तदा गौणमनन्तस्य नामानन्तेति विश्रुतम् Mb.12.182.33. -4 Founded on some resemblance between the primary and secondary sense of a word; as in गौणीलक्षणा. -5 Relating to enumeration or multiplication. -6 Attributive. -Comp. -पक्षः the minor or weaker side of an argument &c. -साध्य, -अवसान-अवसाना, -सारोपा a kind of ellipse; Sarva. S.15.289.
camasaḥ चमसः सम् [चमत्यस्मिन्, चम्-असच् Tv.] 1 A vessel (can, ladle &c.) used at sacrifices for drinking the Soma juice; Y.1.183 (also चमसी); इडोदरे चमसाः कर्ण- रन्ध्रे Bhāg.3.13.36. -2 A cake made of barley, rice &c. -Comp. -अध्वर्युः the priest who manages the drinking vessels. -उद्भेदः, -दनम् N. of place of pilgrimage where the river Sarasvatī is said to have burst forth.
jahat जहत् a. (-ती f.) Leaving, abandoning. -Comp. -लक्षणा, -स्वार्था a kind of लक्षणा (also called लक्षणलक्षणा) in which a word loses its primary sense, but is used in one which is in some way connected with the primary sense; e. g. in the familiar instance गङ्गायां घोषः 'a hamlet on the Ganges', गङ्गा loses its primary sense and means गङ्गातट; cf. अजहत्स्वार्था also. -2 irony.
jātiḥ जातिः f. [जन्-क्तिन्] 1 Birth, production, सङ्कुलं जल- जातिभिः Rām.3.11.6; Pt.1.38; Ms.2.148; also 'the time of birth'; cf. जातौ बाल्ये च कौमारे यौवने चापि मानवाः Mb.12.158.11. -2 The form of existence fixed by birth. -3 Race, family, lineage, rank. -4 A caste, tribe or class (of men); अरे मूढ जात्या चेदवध्यो$हं एषा सा जातिः परित्यक्ता Ve.3; (the primary castes of the Hindus are only four :-- ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र). -5 A class, genus, kind, species; पशुजातिः, पुष्पजातिः &c. -6 The properties which are peculiar to a class and distinguish it from all others, the essential characteristics of a species; as गोत्व, अश्वत्व of cows, horses &c; see गुण, क्रिया and द्रव्य; जातिक्रियागुणैः Śi.2.47; and cf. K. P.2. -7 A fire-place. -8 Nutmeg. -9 The Jasmine plant or its flower; नागपुन्नागजातिभिः Bhāg.8.2.18; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru.4 (written also as जाती in the last two senses). -1 (In Nyāya) Futile answer. -11 (In music) The seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; जातिभिः सप्तभिर्युक्तं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.1.4.8. -12 Reduction of fractions to a common denominator. -13 False generalization. -14 A figure of speech (in rhetoric) which consists in so arranging words that they may read the same in Sanskṛit as well as in Prākṛita (संस्कृतप्राकृतयोः समा जातिः); cf. Vb.1.3. -15 A class of metres; see App. -Comp. -अन्ध a. born blind; Bh.1.9. -कोशः, -षः, -षम् nutmeg. -कोशी, -षी the outer skin of the nutmeg. -क्षयः (= जन्मोच्छेदः) the end of birth, spiritual release. जातिक्षयस्यासुलभस्य बोद्धा Bu. Ch.1.74. -गृद्धिः f. to take birth; जातिगृद्धयाभिपन्नाः Mb.5.6.9. -जानपद a. belonging to the castes and to the country; जातिजानपदान् धर्मान् Ms.8.41. -धर्मः 1 the duties of a caste. -2 a generic property. -ध्वंसः loss of caste or its privileges. -पत्री the outer skin of the nutmeg. -फलम् (sometimes जातीफलम् also) a nutmeg; जातीफलं मातुलानीमहिफेनं च पत्रकम् Śiva. B.3.15. -ब्राह्मणः a Brāhmaṇa only by birth, but not by knowledge or religious austerities, an ignorant Brāhmaṇa; (तपः श्रुतं च योनिश्च त्रयं ब्राह्मण्यकारणम् । तपःश्रुताभ्यां यो हीनो जातिब्राह्मण एव सः ॥ --शब्दार्थचिन्तामणि) -भ्रंशः loss of caste; Ms.11.67. -भ्रष्ट a. outcaste. -महः birth-day festival. -मात्रम् 1 'mere birth', position in life obtained by mere birth. -2 caste only (but not the performance of duties pertaining to it); Ms.8.2; 12.114. -3 species, genus. -लक्षणम् generic distinction, a characteristic of a class. -वाचक a. expressing a genus, generic (as a word); गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्ती. -वैरम् instinctive or natural hostility. -वैरिन् m. a born enemy. -वैलक्षण्यम् inconsistency, incompatibility in kind. -शब्दः a name conveying the idea of a genus, a generic word, common noun; गौः, अश्वः, पुरुषः, हस्ती &c. -संकरः admixture of castes; mixed blood. -संपन्न a. belonging to a noble family. -सारम् nutmeg. -स्मर a. remembering one's condition in a former life; जातिस्मरो मुनिरस्मि जात्या K.355. -स्वभावः generic character or nature. -हीन a. of low birth, outcaste; रूपद्रव्यविहीनांश्च जातिहीनांश्च नाक्षिपेत् Ms.4.141;1.35.
tattvam तत्त्वम् (Sometimes written as तत्वम्) 1 True state or condition, fact; वयं तत्त्वान्वेषान्मधुकर हतास्त्वं खलु कृती Ś.1. 23. -2 Truth, reality; न तु मामभिजानन्ति तत्त्वेनातश्च्यवन्ति ते Bg.9.24. -3 True or essential nature; संन्यासस्य महाबाहो तत्त्वमिच्छामि वेदितुम् Bg.18.1;3.28; Ms.1.3;3.96; 5.42. -4 The real nature of the human soul or the material world as being identical with the Supreme Spirit pervading the universe. -5 A true or first principle. -6 An element, a primary substance; तत्त्वान्य- बुद्धाः प्रतनूनि येन, ध्यानं नृपस्तच्छिवमित्यवादीत् Bk.1.18. -7 The mind. -8 Sum and substance. -9 Slow time in music. -1 An element or elementary property. -11 The Supreme Being. -12 A kind of dance. -13 The three qualities or constituents of every thing in nature (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्). -14 The body; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb.12.267.9. -Comp. -अभियोगः a positive charge or declaration. -अभ्यासः The study of the reality; एवं तत्त्वाभ्यासात् Sān. K.64. -अर्थः truth, reality, the exact truth, real nature. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. 1 a philosopher. -2 knowing the true nature of Brahman. -3 knowing the true nature of anything; Ms.12.12. -4 acquainted with the true principles of science. (-ज्ञः) a Brāmaṇa. -ज्ञानम् 1 knowledge of the truth. -2 a thorough knowledge of the principles of a science. -3 philosophy. -दर्शिन्, दृश् perceiving truth. -निकषग्रावन् m. the touch-stone of truth. -न्यासः N. of a ceremony performed in honour of Viṣṇu consisting in the application of mystical letters or other marks to different parts of the body while certain prayers are repeated. -भावः true being or nature; Kaṭh.6. -शुद्धिः ascertainment of truth; Ks.75.194. -संख्यानम् Sāṅkhya philosophy; तत्त्वसंख्यानविज्ञप्त्यै जातं विद्वानजः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.24.1. तत्त्वतः tattvatḥ तत्त्वेन tattvēna तत्त्वतः तत्त्वेन ind. Truly, really, accurately; तत्त्वत एनामुपलप्स्ये Ś.1; Ms.7.1.
tad तद् pron., a. (Nom. sing. सः m., सा f., तत् n.) 1 That referring to something not present; (तदिति परोक्षे विजानी- यात्) -2 He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of यद्); यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य Pt.1. -3 That i. e. well-known; सा रम्या नगरी महान्स नृपतिः सामन्तचक्रं च तत् Bh.3.37; Ku.5.71. -4 That (referring to something seen or experienced before, अनुभूतार्थः; उत्कम्पिनी भयपरिस्खलितांशुकान्ता ते लोचने प्रतिदिशं विधुरे क्षिपन्ती K. P.7; Bv.2.5. -5 The same, identical, that, very; usually with एव; तानीन्द्रियाणि सकलानि तदेव नाम Bh.2.4. Sometimes the forms of तद् are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); सो$हमिज्याविशुद्धात्मा R.1.69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); स त्वं निवर्तस्व विहाय लज्जाम् 2.4 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repeated तद् has the sense of 'several', 'various'; तेषु तेषु स्थानेषु K.369; Bg.7.2; Māl.1.36; ते ते भावाः 1.17. तेन the instr. of तद् is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account', 'in that case', 'for that reason.' तेन हि if so, well then. -ind. 1 There, thither. -2 Then, in that case, at that time. -3 For that reason, therefore, consequently; तदेहि विमर्दक्षमां भूमिमवतरावः U.5; Me.7,19; R.3.46. -4 Then (corr. of यदि); तथापि यदि महत्कुतूहलं तत्कथयामि K.136; Bg.1.46. -n. 1 The Supreme Spirit or Brahman; तद्भावभावी तद्बुद्धिः Mb.12. 323.29; Bg.17.23. -2 This world. -Comp. -अतिपात a. going beyond the bounds. -अनन्तर a. next to that. (-ind.) immediately after that, thereupon. -अनु ind. after that, afterwards; संदेशं मे तदनु जलद श्रोष्यसि श्रोत्र- पेयम् Me.13; R.16.87; Māl.9.26. -अनुसरणम् going after that. -अन्त a. perishing in that, ending thus. -अन्य a. other than that. -अपेक्ष a. having regard to that. -अर्थ, -अर्थीय a. 1 intended for that. -2 having that meaning. -अर्थम् on that account, with that object, therefore; स्वस्रीयं मम राजेन्द्र द्रष्टुकामो महीपतिः । तदर्थ- मुपयातो$हमयोध्यां रघुनन्दन ॥ Rām.1.73.4. -अर्ह a. meriting that. -अवधि ind. 1 so far; upto that period, till then; तदवधि कुशली पुराणशास्त्रस्मृतिशतचारुविचारजो विवेकः Bv. 2.14. -2 from that time, since then; श्वासो दीर्घस्तदवधि मुखे पाण्डिमा Bv.2.79. -अवस्थ a. so circumstanced. -एकचित्त a. having the mind solely fixed on that; H. -कर a. serving, obeying as servant. -काल 1 the current moment, present time. -2 that time. ˚धी a. having presence of mind. -कालम् ind. 1 instantly, immediately. -2 at that time, at a certain time. -कालीन a. simultaneous; ब्रह्मन्कालान्तरकृतं तत्कालीनं कथं भवेत् Bhāg.1.12.41. -क्षणः 1 present, time being, present or current moment; R.1.51. -2 the same moment. -3 a measure of time. -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् ind. immediately, directly, instantly; सेकान्ते मुनिकन्याभिस्तत्- क्षणोज्झितवृक्षकम् R.3.14; Śi.9.5; Y.2.14; Amaru. 83. -क्रिय a. working without wages. -गत a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that; तद्गतेनैव चेतसा Ks.3.68. (-तः) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities. -गुण a. possessing those qualities. (-णः) 1 the quality or virtue of anything; R.1.9. -2 a figure of speech (in Rhet.); स्वमुत्सृज्य गुणं योगादत्युज्ज्वलगुणस्य यत् । वस्तु तद्गुण- तामेति भण्यते स तु तद्गुणः ॥ K. P.1.137; see Chandr.5.141. ˚संविज्ञानः a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceived along with the thing itself; as लंबकर्ण; cf. अतद्गुणसंविज्ञान also. -ज a. immediate, instantaneous. -ज्ञः a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher. -तृतीय a. doing that for the third time. -देश्य a. coming from the same country. -देश्यः a fellow countryman. -धन a. miserly, niggardly. -धर्मिन् a. obeying his laws; तद्धर्मिणां निवसतां विषमः स्वभावः Bhāg.3.15.32. -धर्म्य a. of that kind; Bhāg.5.14.2. -पदार्थः the Supreme Being. -पर a. 1 following that, coming after that, inferior. -2 having that as the highest object, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); सम्राट् समाराधनतत्परो$भूत् R.2.5;1.66; Me.1; Y.1.83; Ms.3.262. -3 diligent. (-रः) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. (-रा) one sixtieth of a second of a circle. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् 1 intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing. -2 inferiority. -परायण a. solely devoted or attached to anything. -पुरुषः 1 the original or Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as तत्पुरुषः; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. उत्तरपदप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः -पूर्व a. 1 happening or occurring for the first time; अकारि तत्पूर्वनिबद्धया तया Ku.5.1;7.3; R.2.42;14.38. -2 prior, former. -पूर्वम् ind. that for the first time; Ki.7.11. -प्रथम a. doing that for the first time; Ku.5.66. -फल a. having that as a fruit or result. (-लः) 1 the white water-lily. -2 a kind of perfume. -बलः a kind of arrow. -भव a. sprung from Sanskṛit &c. (as Prākṛit or other words). -भावः becoming that. -मात्रम् 1 merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity; तन्मात्रादेव कुपितो राजा Ks.6.15. -2 (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस and गन्ध) तन्मात्राण्यविशेषाः Sān. K.38; गणस्तन्मात्रपञ्चकश्चैव Sān. K.24; Bhāg.11.24.7. -मात्रिक a. consisting of rudimentary atoms; अर्थस्तन्मात्रिकाज्जज्ञे Bhāg.11.24.8. -राजः an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from अङ्ग is formed आङ्ग 'king of the Aṅgas' by the affix अण्. -रूप a. thus shaped, so formed; of the same quality. -वाचक a. denoting or signifying that. -विद् a. 1 knowing that. -2 knowing the truth. -विद्य a. a Connoisseur, expert. -विध a. of that kind or sort; भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः फलानि R.2.22; Ku.5.73; Ms.2.112. -संख्याक a. of that number; Y.2.6. com. -समनन्तरम् ind. immediately upon that; Ks.4.24. -स्थ a. being on or in that, connected with it. (-स्थः) a particular mode of multiplication. -हित a. good for that. -(तः) 1 an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them. -2 a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun.
tīrtham तीर्थम् [तॄ-थक् Un.2.7] 'तीर्थं शास्त्राध्वरक्षेत्रोपायोपाध्याय- मन्त्रिषु' इति विश्वः. 1 A passage, road, way, ford; सुप्र- तारां दृढा तीर्थे शीघ्रं नावमुपाहर Rām.2.52.6; Bhāg.9.19.4. -2 A descent into a river, the stairs of a landing-place (Mar. घाट); विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः कृततीर्थः पयसामिवाशयः Ki.2.3 (where तीर्थ means 'a remedy' or 'means' also); तीर्थं सर्वविद्यावताराणाम् K.44. -3 A place of water. -4 A holy place, place of pilgrimage, a shrine &c. dedicated to some holy object (especially on or near the bank of a sacred river &c.); तीर्थोदकं च वह्निश्च नान्यतः शुद्धिमर्हतः U.1.13; शुचि मनो यद्यस्ति तीर्थेन किम् Bh.2.55; R.1.85. -5 A channel, medium means; तदनेन तीर्थेन घटेत &c. Māl.1. -6 A remedy, expedient; नाध्यगच्छद्बलिर्लोके तीर्थ- मन्यत्र वै द्विजात् Mb.3.26.12. -7 A sacred or holy personage, worthy person, an object of veneration, a fit recipient; क्व पुनस्तादृशस्य तीर्थस्य साधोः संभवः U.1; Ms.3. 136; H.2.8; R.5.15; वृद्धस्य तीर्थेषु प्रतिपादिनी Kau. A.1. -8 A sacred preceptor, a teacher; मया तीर्थादभिनयविद्या शिक्षिता M.1. -9 Source, origin. -1 A sacrifice. -11 A minister; Rām.2.1.36; Pt.3.68. -12 Advice, instruction; विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः कृततीर्थः पयसामिवाशयः Ki.2.3. -13 Right place or moment; प्रादात्स्वन्नं च विप्रेभ्यः प्रजातीर्थे स तीर्थवित् Bhāg.1.12.14. -14 The right or usual manner; गौतम तीर्थेनेच्छासा इत्युपैम्यहं भवन्तम् Bṛi. Up.6. 2.7. -15 Certain parts of the hand sacred to deities, manes &c. -16 A school of philosophy. -17 Pudendum muliebre. -18 Menstrual courses of a woman. -19 A Brāhmaṇa. -2 (In liturgical language) The path to the altar between the चात्वाल q. v. and उत्कर q. v. -21 Fire. -22 Ascertainment of a disease. -23 A science (शास्त्र). -24 An auxiliary, a help; a person or official connected with the king and being in close attendance on him; (the number being 15 on one's side and 18 on the enemy's side); cf. Pt.3.69. -र्थः One of the ten orders of ascetics founded by शंकराचार्य, An honorary affix added to the names of ascetics, saints &c.; e. g. आनन्दतीर्थ. -a 1 Sacred. -2 Liberator, saviour; वार्तां सखे कीर्तय तीर्थकीर्तेः Bhāg.3.1.45. -Comp. उदकम् holy water; तीर्थोदकं च वह्निश्च नान्यतः शुद्धिमर्हतः U.1.13. -कमण्डलु -m., -n. a pot filled with water from a holy place. -करः 1 a Jaina Arhat, sanctified teacher or saint of the Jainas; (also तीर्थकर in this sense). -2 an ascetic. -3 the founder of a new religious or philosophical school. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -काकः an unsteady pupil; P.II.1.42 Vārt.; -काकः, -ध्वाङ्क्षः, -वायसः 'a crow at a sacred bathing-place', i. e. a very greedy person (लोलुप). -चर्या pilgrimage. -देवः an epithet of Śiva. -पाद् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; Bhāg.1.7.34. -भूत a. sacred, holy. -यात्रा a visit to a holy place, a pilgrimage. -राजः N. of Prayāga. -राजिः, -जी f. an epithet of Benaras. -वाकः the hair of the head. -विधिः rites observed at a place of pilgrimage (such as क्षौर). -शिला the stone-steps leading to a bathingplace. -सेविन् a. a pilgrim. (-m.) a crane.
daṇḍaḥ दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्] 1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः. -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48. -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c. -7 The oar of a boat. -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.) -9 The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. -1 The beam of a plough. -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument. -12 The stick with which an instrument is played. -13 A churning-stick. -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237. -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4 -16 Imprisonment. -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54. -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15. -19 A form of military array; Mb.12.59.4. -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9. -22 The penis. -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25. -24 The body. -25 An epithet of Yama. -26 N. of Viṣṇu. -27 N. of Śiva. -28 An attendant on the sun. -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). -3 A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick). -31 An uninterrupted row or series, a line. -32 Standing upright or erect. -33 A corner, an angle. -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5. -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8. -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit. -अधिपः a chief magistrate. -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2. -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw. -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय. -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment. -अलसिका cholera. -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39. -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23. -आज्ञा judicial sentence. -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim. -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic. -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46. -आहतम् buttermilk. -उद्यमः 1 threatening. -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275. -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod. -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4. -काकः a raven. -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2. -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant. -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386. -चक्रः a division of an army. -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept. -ढक्का a kind of drum. -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415. -देवकुलम् a court of justice. -धर, -धार a. 1 carrying a staff, staffbearer. -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -3 exercising judicial authority. (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4. -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता... ...दण्डधरश्च कालः -3 a judge, supreme magistrate. -4 a mendicant carrying a staff. -5 a potter. -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2. -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). -2 following the order of a mendicant. -3 infliction of punishment. -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. -2 the leader of an army, a general. -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable. -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12. -निपातनम् punishing, chastising. -नीतिः f. 1 administration of justice, judicature. -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1. -3 an epithet of Durgā. -नेतृ m. 1 a king. -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1. -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45. -पः a king. -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares. -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23. -पातः 1 falling of a stick. -2 infliction of punishment. -3 dropping one line in a manuscript. -पातनम् infliction of punishment, chastisement. -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence. -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278. -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate. -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12. -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B. -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21. -2 a hangman, an executioner. -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle. -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार. -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground. -बालधिः an elephant. -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence. -भृत् m. 1 a potter. -2 an epithet of Yama. -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18. -3 a chief or leader. -माथः a principal road, highway. -मुखः a leader, general of an army. -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal). -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 of Agastya. -3 a day. -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51. -वधः capital punishment. -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्. -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.). -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment. -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder. -वासिन् m. 1 a door-keeper. -2 a magistrate. -वाहिन् m. a police-officer. -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228. -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः -2 criminal law. -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened. -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187. -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter. -2 an epithet of Yama.
dat दत् m. A tooth; (a word optionally substituted for दन्त in all the case-forms after the acc. dual. It has no forms for the first five inflections). -Comp. -छदः (-दच्छदः) a lip; रभसा दष्ठदच्छदम् Bhāg.7.2.3. दत्त datta दत्तक dattaka दत्रिम datrima दत्त दत्तक दत्रिम See under दा.
dhātuḥ धातुः [धा-आधारे तुन्] 1 A constituent or essential part, an ingredient. -2 An element, primary or elementary substance, i. e. पृथिवी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; Bhāg.7.15.6. -3 A secretion, primary fluid or juice, essential ingredients of the body (which are considered to be 7:-- रसासृङ्मांसमेदो$स्थिमज्जाशुक्राणि धातवः, or sometimes ten if केश, त्वच् and स्नायु be added); Mb.3.213.1. -4 A humour or affection of the body, (i.e. वात, पित्त and कफ); यस्यात्मबुद्धिः कुणपे त्रिधातुके Bhāg.1.84.13. -5 A mineral, metal, metallic ore; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र Ku.1.7; त्वामालिख्य प्रणयकुपितां धातुरागैः शिलायाम् Me.17; R.4.71; Ku.6.51. -6 A verbal root; भूवादयो धातवः P.I.3.1; पश्चादध्ययनार्थस्य धातोरधिरिवाभवत् R.15.9. -7 The soul. -8 The Supreme Spirit; धातुप्रसादान्महिमानमात्मनः Kaṭha. -9 An organ of sense. -1 Any one of the properties of the five elements, i. e. रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द; तत्र तत्र हि दृश्यन्ते धातवः पाञ्चभौतिकाः । तेषां मनुष्यास्तर्केण प्रमाणानि प्रचक्षते Mb.6.5.11. -11 A bone. -12 A part, portion. -13 A fluid mineral of a red colour. -14 Ved. A supporter. -15 Anything to be drunk, as milk &c. -f. A milch cow. -Comp. -उपलः chalk. -काशीशम्, -कासीसम् red sulphate of iron. -कुशल a. skilful in working in metals, metallurgist. -क्रिया metallurgy, mineralogy -क्षयः waste of the bodily humours, a wasting disease, a kind of consumption. -गर्भः, -स्तपः a receptacle for ashes, Dagoba; Buddh. ˚कुम्भः a relic urn. -ग्राहिन् m. calamine. -घ्नम्, -नाशनम् sour gruel (prepared from the fermentation of rice-water). -चूर्णम् mineral powder. -जम् bitumen -द्रावकः borax. -पः the alimentary juice, the chief of the seven essential ingredients of the body. -पाठः a list of roots arranged according to Pāṇini's grammatical system (the most important of these lists called धातुपाठ being supposed to be the work of Pāṇini himself, as supplementary to his Sūtras). -पुष्टिः f. nutrition of the bodily humours. -प्रसक्त a. devoted to alchemy; -भृत् m. a mountain. -मलम् 1 impure excretion of the essential fluids of the body; कफपित्तमलाः केशः प्रस्वेदो नखरोम च । नेत्रविट् चक्षुषः स्नेहो धातूनां क्रमशो मलाः ॥ Suśruta. -2 lead. -माक्षिकम् 1 sulphuret of iron. -2 a mineral substance. -मारिणी borax. -मारिन् m. sulphur. -रसः a mineral or metalic fluid; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र (भूर्जत्वचः) Ku.1.7. -राजकः, -कम् semen. -वल्लभम् borax. -वादः 1 mineralogy, metallurgy. -2 alchemy. -वादिन् m. a mineralogist. -विष् f. lead. -वैरिन् m. sulphur. -शेखरन् green sulphate of iron, green vitriol. -शोधनम्, -संभवम् lead. -साम्यम् good health, (equilibrium of the three humours). -हन् m. sulphur.
dhik धिक् ind. An interjection of censure, menace or displeasure ('fie'. 'shame', 'out upon', 'what a pity' &c. usually with acc.); धिक् तां च तं च मदनं च इमां च मां च Bh.2.2; धिगिमां देहभृतामसारताम् R.8.5; धिक् तान् धिक् तान् धिगोतान् कथयति सततं कीर्तनस्थो मृदङ्गः; धिक् सानुजं कुरुपतिं धिगजातशत्रुम् Ve.3.11; sometimes with nom., voc. and gen. also; धिङ् मूर्ख, धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1; धिगस्तु हृदय- स्यास्य &c. -Comp. दण्डः reprimand, censure; वाग्दण्डं प्रथमं कुर्याद् धिगदण्डं तदनन्तरम् Ms.8.129. -पारुष्यम् abuse, reproach, reviling. -वादः a reproachful speech, censure.
dhīḥ धीः [ध्यै भावे क्विप् संप्रसारणं च] 1 (a) Intellect, understanding; धियः समग्रैः स गुणैरुदारधीः R.3.3; cf. कुधी, सुधी &c. धियो यो नः प्रचोदयात् Gāyatrimantra; तत्राज्ञानं धिया नश्येदाभासात्तु घटः स्फुरेत् Vedāntasāra. (b) Mind; दुष्टधी wicked-minded; स्थितधीः किं प्रभाषेत Bg.2.54; R.3.3. -2 Idea, imagination, fancy, conception; न धियां पथि वर्तसे Ku.6.22; ध्यायन्ति चान्यं धिया Pt.136. -3 A thought, intention, purpose, propensity; इमामहं वेद न तावकीं धियम् Ki.1.37. -4 Devotion, prayer. -5 A sacrifice. -6 Knowledge, science. -7 (in Horoscope) The fifth house from the लग्न. -Comp. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of perception (= ज्ञानेन्द्रिय q. v.; मनः कर्णस्तथा नेत्रं रसना च त्वचा सह । नासिका चेति षट् तानि धीन्द्रियाणि प्रचक्षते ॥ -गुणाः (pl.) intellectual qualities: they are:-- शुश्रूषा श्रवणं चैव ग्रहणं धारणं तथा । ऊहापोहो$र्थविज्ञानं तत्त्वज्ञानं च धीगुणाः ॥ Kāmandaka. (sing.) (नमो) अखिलधीगुणाय Bhāg.8.3.28. -पतिः (धियांपतिः) Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. -मन्त्रिन् m., -सचिवः 1 a minister for counsel (opp. कर्मसचिव 'a minister for action or execution'). -2 a wise or prudent adviser. -विभ्रमः hallucination. -शक्तिः f. intelletual quality or faculty. -सखः a counsellor, adviser, minister.
dhaivataḥ धैवतः The sixth of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut. गत्वा नाभेरधो भागं वस्तिं प्राप्योर्ध्वगः पुनः । धावन्निव च यो याति कण्ठदेशं स धैवतः ॥ Saṅgītadāmodara.
dhvajavat ध्वजवत् a. 1 Adorned with flags. -2 Having a mark. -3 Having the mark of a criminal, branded; शिरःकपाली ध्वजवान्भिक्षाशी कर्म वेदयन् Y.3.243. -m 1 A standard-bearer. -2 A vendor of spirituous liquors, distiller; Ms.4.84. -3 A Brāhmaṇa who carries with him the skull of the man murdered by him to places of pilgrimage by way of penance; cf. com. on Y.3.243.
dhvananam ध्वननम् [ध्वन्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 Sounding. -2 Hinting at, suggesting or implying (as a meaning). -3 (In Rhet.) The same as व्यञ्जना q. v., or that power of a word or sentence by virtue of which it conveys a sense different from its primary or secondary meaning, suggestive power; cf. अञ्जन also वृत्तिर्व्यञ्जनध्वननगमनप्रत्यायनादिव्यपदेश- विषया व्यञ्जना नाम S. D. -4 Humming, indistinct utterance.
nigrahaḥ निग्रहः 1 Keeping in check, restraint, curbing, subjection; as in इन्द्रियनिग्रह Ms.6.92; Y.1.222; Bh.1.66; चञ्चलं मनः...... तस्याहं निग्रहं मन्ये वायोरिव सुदुष्करम् Bg.6.34; तस्य ता वपुषाक्षिप्ता निग्रहार्थं जजृम्भिरे Bu. Ch.4.6. -2 Suppression, obstruction, putting down; तथेन्द्रियाणां दह्यन्ते दोषाः प्राणस्य निग्रहात् Ms.6.71. -3 Overtaking, capturing, arresting; त्वन्निग्रहे तु वरगात्रि न मे प्रयत्नः Mk.1. 22; Śi.2.88. -4 Confinement, imprisonment. -5 Defeat, overthrow, vanquishing. -6 Dispelling, destruction, removing; दिनमुखानि रविर्हिमनिग्रहैर्विमलयन् मलयं नगम- त्यजत् R.9.25;15.6; Ku.5.53. -7 Arresting of disease, cure. -8 Punishment (opp. अनुग्रह) निग्राहानु- ग्रहस्य कर्ता Pt.1; निग्रहो$प्ययमनुग्रहीकृतः R.11.9,55;12. 52,63. -9 Rebuke, reprimand, blame. -1 Aversion, dislike, disgust. -11 (In Nyāya phil.) A flaw in an argument, a fault in a syllogism (by which a disputant is put down in argument); cf. Mu.5.1. -12 A handle. -13 A limit, boundary. -14 The Supreme Being. -15 Transgressing (अतिलङ्घन); निग्रहाद्धर्मशास्त्राणा- मनुरुद्ध्यन्नपेतभीः Mb.12.24.13. -Comp. -स्थानम् the reason of defeat, unfitness to be argued with, one of the 16 categories of the Naiyāyikas; एवमपि प्रकृतं दूषयितुमशक्नु- वतस्तत्सिद्धान्तान्तरदूषणे निग्रहस्थानमापद्यते । ŚB. on MS.1.1.5.
nidānam निदानम् 1 A band, rope, halter; उदुस्रियाणामसृजन्नि- दानम् Rv.6.32.2. -2 A rope for tying up a calf; बालजेन निदानेन कांस्यं भवतु दोहनम् Mb.13.94.41. -3 A primary cause, the first or essential cause; निदानमिक्ष्वाकुकुलस्य सन्ततेः R.3.1; अथवा बलमारम्भो निदानं क्षयसम्पदः Śi.2.94. -4 A cause in general; मुञ्च मयि मानमनिदानम् Gīt.5. -5 (in medicine) Inquiry into the causes of a disease, pathology. -6 Diagnosis of a disease. -7 End, termination. -8 Purity, purification, correctness. -9 Claiming the reward of penitential acts. -Comp. -स्थानम् one of the departments of medical science, Pathology.
pakṣaḥ पक्षः [पक्ष्-अच्] 1 A wing, pinion; अद्यापि पक्षावपि नोद्भिद्येते K.347; so उद्भिन्नपक्षः fledged; पक्षच्छेदोद्यतं शक्रम् R.4.4;3.42. -2 The feather or feathers on each side of an arrow; अनुसंततिपातिनः पटुत्वं दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः (शराः) Śi.2.11. -3 The flank or side of a man or animal, the shoulder; स्तम्बेरमा उभयपक्षविनीतनिद्राः R.5.72. -4 The side of anything, a flank; वितत्य पक्षद्वयमायतम् Ki.14.31. -5 The wing or flank of an army; सुपर्णपक्षानिलनुन्नपक्षम् (राक्षसराजसैन्यम्) Rām.7.6. 69. -6 The half of anything. -7 The half of a lunar month, a fortnight (comprising 15 days; there are two such pakṣas, शुक्लपक्षः the bright or light half, and कृष्ण-तमिस्र-पक्षः the dark half); तमिस्रपक्षे$पि सह प्रियाभि- र्ज्योत्स्नावतो निर्विशति प्रदोषान् R.6.34; Ms.1.66; Y.3.5; सीमा वृद्धिं समायाति शुक्लपक्ष इवोडुराट् Pt.1.92; Mb.3.26.5. -8 (a) A party in general, faction, side; प्रमुदितवरपक्षम् R.6.86; Śi.2.117; तुल्यो मित्रारिपक्षयोः Bg.14.25; R.6. 53;18.17. (b) A family, race; रूपान्वितां पक्षवतीं मनोज्ञां भार्यामयत्नोपगतां लभेत् सः Mb.13.57.4; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्षक्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -9 One belonging to any party, a follower, partisan; विष्णुपक्षैः प्रतिच्छन्नैर्न भिद्येतास्य धीर्यथा Bhāg.7.5.7; शत्रुपक्षो भवान् H.1. -1 A class, multitude, host, any number of adherents; as अरि˚, मित्र˚. -11 One side of an argument, an alternative, one of two cases; पक्षे 'in the other case, on the other hand' पूर्व एवाभवत् पक्षस्तस्मिन्नाभवदुत्तरः R.4.1;14.34. cf. पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष. -12 A case or supposition in general; as in पक्षान्तरे. -13 A point under discussion, a thesis, an argument to be maintained. -14 The subject of a syllogism or conclusion (the minor term); संदिग्धसाध्य- वान् पक्षः T. S., दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः Śi.2.11 (where it means 'a feather' also). -15 A symbolical expression for the number 'two'. -16 A bird. -17 A state, condition. -18 The body. -19 A limb of the body. -2 A royal elephant. -21 An army; Mb.2. 16.7. -22 A wall. -23 Opposition. -24 Rejoinder, reply. -25 A mass, quantity (when in composition with words meaning 'hair'); केशपक्षः; cf. हस्त. -26 Place, position. -27 A view, notion, idea. -28 The side of an equation in a primary division. -29 The ash-pit of a fire-place. -3 Proximity, neighbourhood. -31 A bracket. -32 Purity, perfection. -33 A house. -34 The sun (according to Sāyaṇa); सा पक्ष्या नव्यमायु- र्दधाना Rv.3.53.16. -Comp. -अध्यायः logic, casuistry. -अन्तः 1 the 15th day of either half month, i. e. the day of new or full moon. -2 the end of the wings of an army. -अन्तरम् 1 another side. -2 a different side or view of an argument. -3 another supposition. -अवसरः = पक्षान्त q. v. -आघातः 1 palsy or paralysis of one side, hemiplegia. -2 refutation of an argument. -आभासः 1 a fallacious argument. -2 a false plaint. -आहारः eating food only once in a fortnight; सुपुत्रदारो हि मुनिः पक्षाहारो बभूव ह Mb.3.26.5. -उद्ग्राहिन् a. showing partiality, adopting a side. -गम a. flying. -ग्रहणम् choosing a party; taking the side of. -घातः = -पक्षाघातः see above. -घ्न a. (a house) wanting a side. -चरः 1 an elephant strayed from the herd. -2 the moon. -3 an attendant. -छिद् m. an epithet of Indra (clipper of the wings of mountains); क्रुद्धे$पि पक्षच्छिदि वृत्रशत्रौ Ku.1.2. -जः the moon. -द्वयम् 1 both sides of an argument. -2 'a couple of fortnights', i. e. a month. -द्वारम् a sidedoor, private entrance. -धर a. 1 winged. -2 adhering to the party of one, siding with any one. (-रः) 1 a bird. -2 the moon. -3 a partisan. -4 an elephant strayed from the herd. -नाडी a quill. -निक्षेपः the placing on the side of, counting among. -पातः 1 siding with any one; यद् दुर्योधनपक्षपातसदृशं कर्म Ve.3.5. -2 liking, desire, love, affection (for a thing); भवन्ति भव्येषु हि पक्षपाताः Ki.3.12; U.5.17; रिपुपक्षे बद्धः पक्षपातः Mu.1. -3 attachment to a party, partisanship, partiality; पक्षपातमत्र देवी मन्यते M.1; सत्यं जना वच्मि न पक्षपातात् Bh.1.47. -4 falling of wings, the moulting of birds. -5 a partisan. -पातिता, -त्वम् 1 partisanship, adherence to a side or party. -2 friendship, fellowship. -3 movement of the wings; न परं पथि पक्षपातिता$नवलम्बे किमु मादृशे$पि सा N.2.52. -पातिन् a. or subst. 1 siding with, adhering to, a party, attached or partial (to a particular cause); पक्षपातिनो देवा अपि पाण्डवानाम् Ve.3. -2 sympathizing; Ve.3. -3 a follower, partisan, friend; यः सुरपक्षपाती V.1. -पालिः a private door. -पुटः a wing. -पोषण a. factious, promoting quarrels. -प्राप्तानुवादः a case of the description of a thing which admits of two alternatives (cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, p.21.). -बिन्दुः a heron. -भागः 1 the side or flank. -2 especially, the flank of an elephant. -भुक्ति f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight. -भेदः a. distinction between two sides of an argument. -रात्रिः a kind of play or sport. -वञ्चितकम् a particular position of hands in dancing. -वधः paralysis of one side. -मूलम् the root of a wing; उल्लास- पल्लवितकोमलपक्षमूलाः (चकोराः) Bv.2.99. -रचना forming a party or faction. -वादः 1 an exparte statement. -2 stating a case, expression of opinion. -वाहनः a bird. -व्यापिन् a. 1 embracing the whole of an argument. -2 pervading the minor term. -हत a. paralysed on one side; दृष्ट्वा कुणीन् पक्षहतान् Mb.12.18.39. -हरः 1 a bird. -2 a recreant, traitor. -होमः 1 a sacrificial rite lasting for a fortnight. -2 a rite to be performed every fortnight.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
parama परम a. [परं परत्वं माति-क Tv.] 1 Most distant, last. -2 Highest, best, most excellent, greatest; प्राप्नोति परमां गतिम् Ms.4.14;7.1;2.13. -3 Chief, principal, primary, supreme; सर्वथा ब्राह्मणाः पूज्याः परमं दैवतं हि तत् Ms.9.319. -4 Exceeding, extreme. -5 Adequate, sufficient; परमं यत्नमातिष्ठेत् स्तेनानां निग्रहे नृपः Ms.8.32. -6 Worst. -7 Higher than, superior to; न मन्ये वाणि- ज्यात् किमपि परमं वर्तनमिह Pt.1.11. -मम् The utmost or highest; the chief or prominent part; (at the end of comp.) consisting principally of, solely occupied with; कामोपभोगपरमा एतावदिति निश्चिताः Bg.16.11; Ms.6.96. -मम् ind. 1 A particle of assent, acceptance or agreement (well, very well, yes, be it so); ततः परममित्युक्त्वा प्रतस्थे मुनिमण्डलम् Ku.6.35. -2 Exceedingly, very much; परमक्रुद्धः &c. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable 'om' or Brahmā. -अङ्गना an excellent woman. -अणुः an infinitesimal particle, an atom; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे पर- माणुताम् R.15.22; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78; पृथ्वी नित्या परमाणुरूपा T. S; (a परमाणु is thus defined:-- जालान्तरस्थसूर्यांशौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । भागस्तस्य च षष्ठो यः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥ Tarka K., or less accurately:-- जाला- न्तरगते रश्मौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । तस्य त्रिंशत्तमो भागः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥) ˚अङ्गकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अद्वैतम् 1 the Supreme Spirit. -2 pure unitarianism. -अन्नम् rice boiled in milk with sugar. -अपमः the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic. -अर्थः 1 the highest or most sublime truth, true spiritual knowledge, knowledge about Brahman or the Supreme Spirit; इदं हि तत्त्वं परमार्थभाजाम् Mv.7.2. -2 truth, reality, earnestness; परिहासविजल्पितं सखे परमार्थेन न गृह्यतां वचः Ś.2.19; oft in comp. in the sense of 'true' or 'real'. ˚मत्स्याः R.7.4. Mv.4.3. -3 any excellent or important object. -4 the best sense. -5 the best kind of wealth. ˚दरिद्र really poor; Mk. ˚भाज a. partaking of the highest truth; Mv. ˚विद् a philosopher. -अर्थतः ind. truly, really, exactly, accurately; विकारं खलु परमार्थतो$ज्ञात्वा$नारम्भः प्रतीकारस्य Ś.4; उवाच चैनं परमार्थतो हरं न वेत्सि नूनं यत एवमात्थ माम् Ku.5.75; Pt.1.136. -अहः an excellent day. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् R.8.22; स्वर्गापवर्गयो- र्मार्गमामनन्ति मनीषिणः । यदुपास्तिमसावत्र परमात्मा निरूप्यते ॥ Kusum. -आनन्दः 'supreme felicity', Supreme Spirit. -आपद् f. the greatest calamity or misfortune. -आयु- धम् the wheel (चक्र); शूलैः प्रमथिताः केचित् केचित्तु परमायुधैः Rām.6.58.12. -आर्यः a Bodhisattva (q. v.). -इष्वासः an excellent archer. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -3 of Śiva. -4 the Almighty god, the Supreme Being. -5 N. of Brahman. -6 a universal monarch, sovereign of the world; see चक्रवर्तिन्. -ऋषिः a great sage. -ऐश्वर्यम् supremacy. -काण़्डः, -ण्डम् a very auspicious moment. -क्रान्तिः f. the sine of the greatest declination. -गतिः f. 1 any chief object or refuge (as a god). -2 final beatitude, emancipation. -गवः an excellent bull or cow. -गहन a. very myserious, profound. -तत्त्वम् the highest truth. -धर्मात्मन् a. very dutiful, virtuous. -पदम् 1 the best position, highest rank. -2 final beatitude; विष्णोः पदे परमे मध्व उत्सः Rv.1.154.5. -परम a. most excellent of all. -पुंस् the Supreme Spirit; N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरुषः, -पूरुषः the Supreme Spirit. -प्रख्य a. celebrated, renowned. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -मुद्रा f. One of the poses of goddess त्रिपुरा. -रसः butter-milk mixed with water. -राजः a supreme monarch. -समुदय a. very auspicious or successful; परमसमुदयेनाश्वमेधेन चेष्ट्वा Mk.1.4. -सम्मत a. highly esteemed; much revered. -हंसः an ascetic of the highest order, one who has controlled and subdued all his senses by abstract meditation; cf. कुटीचक; कुटीचको बहूदकः हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परमो हंसो यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Hārītāsmṛiti. ˚परिव्राजकाचार्यः N. of Śaṅkarāchārya.
parimṛd परिमृद् I. 9 P. 1 To press, squeeze; परिमृदितमृणाली- दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -2 To kill, destroy. -3 To wipe away, rub off. -4 To wear out. -5 To rub, stroke. -II. 1 P. To surpass, excel. परिमर्दः parimardḥ मर्दनम् mardanam परिमर्दः मर्दनम् 1 Rubbing, grinding. -2 Crushing, trampling. -3 Destruction; Mb.12.59.64. -4 Hurting, injuring. -5 Embracing, pressing. -6 Using up, consuming.
puṇya पुण्य a. [Uṇ.5.15.] 1 Holy, sacred, pure; जनकतनया- स्नानपुण्योदकेषु आश्रमेषु Me.1; पुण्यं धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; पुण्यानि हि नामग्रहणान्यपि महामुनीनां किं पुनर्दर्शनानि K.41; Ś.2.14; Ms.2.68. -2 Good, meritorious, virtuous, righteous, just. -3 Auspicious, propitious, lucky, favourable (as a day); Ms.2.26,3. -4 Agreeable, pleasing, lovely, beautiful; प्रकृत्या पुण्यलक्ष्मीकौ Mv. 1.16,24; U.4.19; Ku.5.73; so पुण्यदर्शनः &c. -5 Sweet, fragrant (as odour). -6 Solemn, festive, -ण्यम् 1 Virtue, religious or moral merit; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; महतः पुण्यपण्येन क्रीतेयं कायनौ- स्त्वया Śānti.3.1; R.1.69; N.3.87. -2 A virtuous or meritorious act, good or virtuous works. -3 Purity, purification. -4 A trough for watering cattle. -5 A religious ceremony, especially one performed by a wife to retain her husband's affection and to obtain a son. -6 (Astrol.) the seventh mansion from जन्मलग्न. -7 the union of मेष, कर्क, तुला and मकर. -ण्या 1 The holy basil. -2 The Ganges. -Comp. -अनुभावः pleasing majesty or dignity; U.4.22. -अहम् (for अहन्) a happy or auspicious day; पुण्याहं भवन्तो ब्रुवन्तु । अस्तु पुण्याहम्; पुण्याहं व्रज मङ्गलं सुदिवसं प्रातः प्रयातस्य ते Amaru.61. ˚वाचन repeating 'this is an auspicious day' three times at the commencement of most religious ceremonies. -आत्मन् a. pious, righteous. -उदयः the dawn or resulting of good fortune. -उद्यान a. having lovely gardens. -कर्तृ m. a meritorious or virtuous man. -कर्मन् a. doing meritorious acts, upright, righteous, (-n.) a meritorious act. -कालः an auspicious time. -कीर्तनः, -श्रवणः N. of Viṣṇu. (-नम्) narrating or reading Purāṇas. -कीर्ति a. bearing good or holy name, of auspicious fame, celebrated; स पुण्यकीर्तिः शतमन्यु- कल्पो महेन्द्रलोकप्रतिमां समृद्ध्या (अध्यास्त) Bk.1.5. -कृत् a. virtuous, meritorious. -कृत्यम् a meritorious work. -क्षेत्रम् 1 a holy place, place of pilgrimage; अन्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं पुण्यक्षेत्रे विनश्यति । पुण्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं वज्रलेपो भविष्यति ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 'The holy land', N. of Āryāvarta. -गन्ध a. Sweet-scented. (-न्धः) the Champaka tree. -गन्धि a. fragrant. -गृह 1 an alms-house. -2 a temple; उद्यानानि च रम्याणि हृष्टाः पुण्यगृहाणि च Rām.2.67.12 (com. पुण्यगृहाणि पुण्यसंपादकगृहाणि विप्राद्यर्थानि). -जनः 1 a virtuous man. -2 a demon, goblin; वियति प्रसमीक्ष्य कालमेघमप्रतिमं पुण्यजनौघमुन्नदन्तम् Rām. Ch.2.56. -3 a Yakṣa; Bhāg.4.1.3; पयोधरैः पुण्यजनाङ्गनानाम् R.13.6. ˚ईश्वरः an epithet of Kubera; अनुययौ यमपुण्यजनेश्वरौ R.9.6. -जित a. won by merit or good works. -तीर्थम् a holy place of pilgrimage. -दर्शन a. 1 beautiful. -2 of sacred appearance; तां पुण्यदर्शनां दृष्ट्वा R.1.86. (-नः) the blue jay. (-नम्) visiting holy shrines. -दुह् a. granting happiness or beatitude. -निवह a. meritorious. -पुरुषः a man rich in moral merit, a pious man. -प्रतापः the efficacy of virtue or moral merit. -फलम् the reward of good works; यत् पुण्यफलमाप्नोति गां दत्त्वा विधिवद् गुरोः । तत् पुण्यफलमाप्नोति भिक्षां दत्त्वा द्विजो गृही ॥ Ms.3.95. (-लः) a grove. -भाज् a. blessed, virtuous, meritorious; पुण्यभाजः खल्वमी मुनयः K.43. -भूः -भूमिः f. 1 'the holy land', i. e. Āryāvarta. -2 The son-bearing mother. -योगः the result of virtuous deeds done in a former life. -रात्रः 1 an auspicious night. -2 a night on which any religious ceremony is held. -लक्ष्मीक a. auspicious, prosperous; प्रकृत्या पुण्यलक्ष्मीकौ कावेतौ ज्ञायते त्विदम् Mv.1.16. -लोकः heaven, paradise. -शकुनम् an auspicious omen. (-नः) a bird of good omen. -शाला alms-house. -शील a. of a virtuous disposition, inclined to pious acts, virtuous, pious, righteous. -श्लोक a. 'well-spoken of', or 'auspicious to repeat or utter the name of', of good fame; Dk.2.8. (-कः) an epithet of Nala (of Niṣadha); Yudhiṣṭhira and Janārdana; पुण्यश्लोको नलो राजा पुण्यश्लोको युधिष्ठिरः । पुण्यश्लोका च वैदेही पुण्यश्लोको जनार्दनः ॥. (-का) an epithet of Sītā and Draupadī. -संचयः a store of virtue or religious merit. -स्थानम् a sacred or holy place, a place of pilgrimage.
puṣkaram पुष्करम् [पुष्कं पुष्टिं राति, रा-क; cf. Uṇ.4.4] 1 A blue lotus; Nelumbium speciosum; ताः कान्तैः सह करपुष्करे- रिताम्बुव्यात्युक्षीमभिसरणग्लहामदीव्यन् Śi.8.32. -2 The tip of an elephant's trunk; आलोकपुष्करमुखोल्लसितैरभीक्ष्णमुक्षां- बभूवुरभितो वपुरम्बुवर्षैः Śi.5.3. -3 The skin of a drum, i. e. the place where it is struck; पुष्करेष्वाहतेषु Me.68; R.17.11. -4 The blade of a sword; क्रोधेनान्धाः प्राविशन् पुष्कराणि Śi.18.17. -5 The sheath of a sword. -6 An arrow. -7 Air, sky, atmosphere; पुष्करं पूरयामासुः सिंह- नादेन भूयसा Śiva B.18.5. -8 A cage. -9 Water. -1 Intoxication. -11 The art of dancing. -12 War. battle. -13 Union. -14 N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage in the district of Ajmere. -15 The bowl of a spoon. -16 A part, portion. -17 The tip of the elephant's trunk; Mātaṅga L.2.2;3.1;5.8;6.9. -रः 1 A lake, pond; पुष्करे दुष्करं वारि ... Jyotistattvam. -2 A kind of serpent. -3 A kind of drum, kettledrum; अवादयन् दुन्दुभींश्च शतशश्चैव पुष्करान् Mb.6.43.13. -4 The sun. -5 An epithet of a class of clouds said to cause dearth or famine; Me.6. (v. l. पुष्कल); तदीया- स्तोयदेष्वद्य पुष्करावर्तकादिषु । अभ्यस्यन्ति तटाघातम् Ku.2.5. -6 An epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 An epithet of Śiva. -8 The Sārasa bird. -9 An inauspicious conjunction of planets. -रः, -रम् N. of one of the seven great divisions of the universe. -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Viṣṇu; ध्वजाग्रे पुष्कराक्षस्य तार्क्ष्यः संनिहितो$भवत् Bm.2.18. -आख्यः, -आह्वः the (Indian) crane. -आवर्तकः an epithet of a class of clouds said to cause dearth or famine; जातं वंशे भुवनविदिते पुष्करावर्तकानाम् Me.6; Ku.2.5, Ve.3.2. -तीर्थः N. of a sacred bathing-place; see पुष्कर above. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पत्रम् a lotus-leaf. -प्रियः wax. -बीजम् lotus-seed. -विष्टरः the god Brahmā; जगाम लोकं स्वमखण्डितोत्सवं समीडितः पुष्करविष्टरादिभिः Bhāg. 3.19.31. -व्याघ्रः an alligator. -शिखा the root of a lotus. -सारी a kind of writing; L. V. -स्थपतिः an epithet of Śiva. -स्रज् f. a garland of lotuses. -m. (du.) N. of the two Aśvinīkumāras.
pūrva पूर्व a. (Declined like a pronoun when it implies relative position in time or space, but optionally so in nom. pl.; and abl. and loc. sing.) 1 Being in front of, first, foremost. -2 Eastern, easterly, to the east of; ग्रामात् पर्वतः पूर्वः Sk.; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku.1.1. -3 Previous to, earlier than; ब्राह्मणे साहसः पूर्वः Ms.8.276. -4 Old, ancient; पूर्वसूरिभिः R.1.4; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1. -5 Former, previous, anterior, prior, antecedent (opp. उत्तर); in this sense often at the end of comp. and translated by 'formerly.' or 'before'; श्रुतपूर्व &c.; व्यतीता या निशा पूर्वा पौराणां हर्षवर्धिनी Rām.7.37.1. -6 Aforesaid, before-mentioned. -7 Initial. -8 Established, customary, of long standing -9 Early, prime, पूर्वे वयसि Pt.1.165 'in early age or prime of life. -1 Elder (ज्येष्ठ); रामः पूर्वो हि नो भ्राता भविष्यति महीपतिः Rām.2.79.8. -11 (At the end of comp.) Preceded by, accompanied by, attended with; संबन्धमा भाषणपूर्वमाहुः R.2.58; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś2.17; तान् स्मितपूर्वमाह Ku.7.47; बहुमानपूर्वया 5.31; दशपूर्वरथं यमाख्यया दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29; so मतिपूर्वम् Ms.11.147 'intentionally', 'knowingly'; 12.89; अबोधपूर्वम् 'unconsciously', Ś.5.2. &c. -र्वः An ancestor, a forefather; पूर्वैः किलायं परिवर्धितो नः R.13.3; पयः पूर्वैः सनिश्वासैः कवोष्णमुपभुज्यते 1.67;5.14; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17. -र्वम् The forepart; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् (गात्रम्) Ś.2.4. -र्वा 1 The east -2 N. of a country to the east of Madhyadeśa. -र्वम् ind. 1 Before (with abl.); मासात् पूर्वम्. -2 Formerly, previously, at first, antecedently, beforehand; तं पूर्वमभिवादयेत् Ms.2.117;3.94;8.25;; R. 12.35; प्रणिपातपूर्वम् K; भूतपूर्वखरालयम् U.2.17 'which formerly was the abode', &c.; समयपूर्वम् Ś.5. 'after a formal agreement.' -3 Immemorially. (पूर्वेण 'in front', 'before', 'to the east of', with gen. or acc.; अद्य पूर्वम् 'till-now', 'hitherto'; पूर्वः -ततः -पश्चात् -उपरि 'firstthen, first-afterwards', 'previously, subsequently', पूर्वम् -अधुना or -अद्य 'formerly-now.' -Comp. -अग्निः the sacred fire kept in the house (आवसथ्य). -अङ्गः the first day in the civil month. -अचलः, -अद्रिः the eastern mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to rise. -अधिकारिन् m. the first occupant, a prior owner. -अन्तः the end of a preceding word. -अपर a. 1 eastern and western; कतमो$यं पूर्वापर- समुद्रावगाढः सानुमानालोक्यते Ś.7; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1. -2 first and last. -3 prior and subsequent, preceding and following. -4 connected with another. (-रम्) 1 what is before and behind. -2 connection; न च पूर्वापरं विद्यात् Ms.8.56. -3 the proof and the thing to be proved. ˚विरोधः inconsistency, incongruity. -अभि- मुख a. turned towards or facing the east. -अभ्यासः former practice or experience. -अम्बुधिः the eastern ocean. -अर्जित a. attained by former works. (-तम्) ancestral property. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 the first half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6; समाप्तं पूर्वार्धम् &c. -2 the upper part (of the body); शकुन्तला पूर्वार्धेन शयनादुत्थाय Ś.3; R.16.6. -3 the first half of a hemistich. -अवसायिन् a. what occurs first or earlier; पूर्वावसायिनश्च बलीयांसो जघन्यावसायिभ्यः ŚB. on MS.12.2.34. -अह्णः the earlier part of the day, forenoon; Ms.4. 96,152. श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापराह्णिकम् (पूर्वाह्णतन, पूर्वा- ह्णिकः, पूर्वाह्णेतन a. relating to the forenoon). -आवेदकः a plaintiff. -आषाढा N. of the 2th lunar mansion consisting of two stars. -इतर a. western. -उक्त, -उदित a. beforementioned, aforesaid, -उत्तर a. north-eastern. (-रा) the north-east. (-रे dual) the preceding and following, antecedent and subsequent. -कर्मन् n. 1 a former act or work. -2 the first thing to be done, a prior work. -3 actions done in a former life. -4 preparations, preliminary arrangements. -कल्पः former times. -कायः 1 the fore-part of the body of animals; पश्चार्धेन प्रविष्टः शरपतनभयाद् भूयसा पूर्वकायम् Ś.1.7. -2 the upper part of the body of men; स्पृशन् करेणानतपूर्वकायम् R.5.32; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45. -काल a. belonging to ancient times. (-लः) former or ancient times. -कालिक, -कालीन a. ancient. -काष्ठा the east, eastern quarter. -कृत a. previously done. (-तम्) an act done in a former life. -कोटिः f. the starting point of a debate, the first statement or पूर्वपक्ष q. v. -क्रिया preparation. -गा N. of the river Godāvarī. -गङ्गा N. of the river Narmadā; रेवेन्दुजा पूर्वगङ्गा नर्मदा मेकलीद्रिजा Abh. Chin.183. -चोदित a. 1 aforesaid, above-mentioned. -2 previously stated or advanced (as an objection. -ज a. 1 born or produced before or formerly, first-produced, first-born; यमयोः पूर्वजः पार्थः Mb.3.141. 11. -2 ancient, old. -3 eastern. (-जः) 1 an elder brother; अपहाय महीशमार्चिचत् सदसि त्वां ननु भामपूर्वजः; Śi. 16.44; R.15.36. -2 the son of the elder wife. -3 an ancestor, a forefather; स पूर्वजानां कपिलेन रोषात् R.16.34. -4 (pl.) the progenitors of mankind. -5 the manes living in the world of the moon. (-जा) an elder sister. -जन्मन् n. a former birth. (-m.) an elder brother; स लक्ष्मणं लक्ष्मणपूर्वजन्मा (विलोक्य) R.14.44.;15.95. -जातिः f. a former birth. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of a former life. -तापनीयम् N. of the first half of नृसिंहतापनीयोपनिषद्. -दक्षिण a. south-eastern. (-णा) the south-east. -दिक्पतिः Indra, the regent of the east. -दिनम् the forenoon. -दिश् f. the east. -दिश्य a. situated towards the east, eastern. -दिष्टम् the award of destiny. -दृष्ट a. 1 primæval. -2 declared by the ancients; यथा ब्राह्मण- चाण्डालः पूर्वदृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -देवः 1 an ancient deity. -2 a demon or Asura; भूमिदेवनरदेवसंगमे पूर्वदेवरिपुरर्हणां हरिः Śi.14.58. -3 a progenitor (पितृ). -4 (du.) an epithet of Nara-Nārāyaṇa; सव्यसाचिन् महाबाहो पूर्वदेव सनातन Mb.3. 41.35. (com. पूर्वदेव नरनारायणसख). -देवता a progenitor (पितृ) of gods or of men; अक्रोधनाः शौचपराः सततं ब्रह्म- चारिणः । न्यस्तशस्त्रा महाभागाः पितरः पूर्वदेवताः ॥ Ms.3.192. -देशः the eastern country, or the eastern part of India. -द्वार a. favourable in the eastern region. -निपातः the irregular priority of a word in a compound; cf. परनिपात. -निमित्त an omen. -निविष्ट a. made formerly, in past; यस्तु पूर्वनिविष्टस्य तडागस्योदकं हरेत् Ms.9.281. -पक्षः 1 the fore-part or side. -2 the first half of a lunar month; सर्वं पूर्वपक्षापरपक्षाभ्यामभिपन्नम् Bṛi. Up.3.1.5. -3 the first part of an argument, the prima facie argument or view of a question; विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम्. -4 the first objection to an argument. -5 the statement of the plaintiff. -6 a suit at law. -7 an assertion, a proposition. ˚पादः the plaint, the first stage of a legal proceeding. -पदम् the first member of a compound or sentence. -पर्वतः the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise. -पश्चात्, -पश्चिम ind. from the east to the west. -पाञ्चालक a. belonging to the eastern Pañchālas. -पाणिनीयाः m. (pl.) the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Indra. -पितामहः a forefather, an ancestor; अब्रवीद् हि स मां क्रुद्धस्तव पूर्वपितामहः । मूत्रश्लेष्माशनः पाप निरयं प्रतिपत्स्यसे ॥ Mb.12.3.21. -पीठिका introduction. -पुरुषः 1 an epithet of Brahmā. -2 anyone of the first three ancestors, beginning with the father (पितृ, पितामह, and प्रपितामह); Pt.1.89. -3 an ancestor in general. -पूर्व a. each preceding one. (-र्वाः) m. (pl.) forefathers. -प्रोष्ठपदा = पूर्वभाद्रपदा; Mb.13.89.13. -फल्गुनी the eleventh lunar mansion containing two stars. ˚भवः an epithet of the planet Jupiter. -बन्धुः first or best friend; Mk. -भवः a former life. -भागः 1 the forepart. -2 the upper part. -भा(भ)द्रपदा the twentyfifth lunar mansion containing two stars. -भावः 1 priority. -2 prior or antecedent existence; येन सहैव यस्य यं प्रति पूर्वभावो$वगम्यते Tarka K. -3 (Rhet.) disclosing an intention. -भाषिन् a. willing to speak first; hence polite, courteous. -भुक्तिः f. prior occupation or possession; Ms.8.252. -भूत a. preceding, previous. -मध्याह्नः the forenoon. -मारिन् a. dying before; एवंवृत्तां सवर्णां स्त्रीं द्विजातिः पूर्वमारिणीम् (दाहयेत्) Ms.5.167. -मीमांसा 'the prior or first Mīmāṁsā', an inquiry into the first or ritual portion of the Veda, as opposed to the उत्तरमीमांसा or वेदान्त; see मीमांसा. -मुख a. having the face turned towards the east. -याम्य a. south-eastern. -रङ्गः the commencement or prelude of a drama, the prologue; यन्नाठ्यवस्तुनः पूर्वं रङ्गविघ्नोपशान्तये । कुशीलवाः प्रकुर्वन्ति पूर्वरङ्गः स उच्यते ॥ D. R; पूर्वरङ्गं विधायैव सूत्रधारो निवर्तते S. D.283; पूर्वरङ्गः प्रसंगाय नाटकीयस्य वस्तुनः Śi.2.8. (see Malli. thereon). -रागः the dawning or incipient love, love between two persons which springs (from some previous cause) before their meeting; श्रवणाद् दर्शनाद् वापि मिथः संरूढरागयोः । दशाविशेषोयो$प्राप्तौ पूर्वरागः स उच्यते ॥ S. D.214. -रात्रः the first part of the night (from dusk to midnight). -रूपम् 1 indication of an approaching change; an omen. -2 a symptom of occuring disease. -3 the first of two concurrent vowels or consonants that is retained. -4 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing anything as suddenly resuming its former state. -लक्षणम् a symptom of coming sickness. -वयस् a. young. (-n.) youth. -वर्तिन् a. existing before, prior, previous. -वाक्यम् (in dram.) an allusion to former utterance. -वादः the first plea or commencement of an action at law; पूर्ववादं परित्यज्य यो$न्यमालम्बते पुनः । पदसंक्रमणाद् ज्ञेयो हीनवादी स वै नरः ॥ Mitā. -वादिन् m. the complainant or plaintiff. -विद् a. knowing the events of the past; historian; पृथोरपीमां पृथिवीं भार्यां पूर्वविदो विदुः Ms.9.44. -विप्रतिषेधः the conflict of two statements contrary to each other. -विहित a. deposited before. -वृत्तम् 1 a former event; पूर्ववृत्तकथितैः पुराविदः सानुजः पितृ- सखस्य राघवः (अह्यमानः) R.11.1. -2 previous conduct. -वैरिन् a. one who first commences hostilities, an aggressor. -शारद a. relating to the first half of autumn. -शैलः see पूर्वपर्वत. -सक्थम् the upper part of the thigh. P. V.4.98. -संचित a. gathered before (as in former birth); त्यजेदाश्वयुजे मासि मुन्यन्नं पूर्वसंचितम् Ms.6.15. -सन्ध्या daybreak, dawn; रजनिमचिरजाता पूर्वसंध्या सुतैव (अनुपतति) Si.11.4. -सर a. going in front. -सागरः the eastern ocean; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् पूर्वसागरगामिनीम् R.4.32. -साहसः the first of the three fines; स दाप्यः पूर्वसाहसम् Ms.9.281. -स्थितिः f. former or first state.
pṛthivī पृथिवी [cf. Uṇ.1.184] 1 The earth; (sometimes written पृथिवि also). पृथिव्यां त्रीणि रत्नानि जलमन्नं सुभाषितम्. -2 Ground, soil. -3 The earth considered as one of the nine substances or five primary elements. -Comp. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -क्षित् m., -पालः, -पालकः, -भुज् m., -भुजः, -शुक्रः a king. -कम्पः an earthquake. -तलम् the surface of the earth. -पतिः 1 a king. -2 Yama, the god of death. -भृत् m. a mountain. -मण्डलः, -लम् the circuit of the earth. -रुहः a tree; पवमानः पृथिवीरुहानिव R.8.9. -लोकः terrestrial world, the earth.
prakṛtiḥ प्रकृतिः f. 1 The natural condition or state of anything, nature, natural form (opp. विकृति which is a change or effect); तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg. 7.2. प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रम् Ś1.9; उष्णत्वमग्न्यातपसंप्रयोगात् शैत्यं हि यत् सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य R.5.54; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87; U.7.19; अपेहि रे अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2. 'has resumed his wonted nature'; प्रकृतिम् आपद् or प्रतिपद् or प्रकृतौ स्था 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness.' -2 Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; कथं गत एव आत्मनः प्रकृतिम् Ś.7. 'natural character'; अपश्यत् पाण्डवश्रेष्ठो हर्षेण प्रकृतिं गतः Mb.39.66 (com. प्रकृतिं स्वास्थ्यम्); so प्रकृतिकृपण, प्रकृतिसिद्ध; see below. -3 Make, form, figure; महानुभावप्रकृतिः Māl.1. -4 Extraction, descent; गोपालप्रकृतिरार्यको$स्मि Mk.7. -5 Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि Mb.4.49.1; प्रकृतिश्चोपादानकारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt.1.4.23); यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1; Bhāg.4.28.24. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from पुरुष,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential qualities सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. It is also mentioned as one of the four contentments; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -7 (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which case-terminations and other affixes are applied; प्रकृतिप्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -8 A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works); Bhāg.5.7.5. -9 A woman. -1 The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with माया or illusion); मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1. -11 The male or female organ of generation. -12 A mother. -13 (In arith.) A coefficient, or multiplier. -14 (In anatomy) Temperament of the humours; प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति Bg.3.33. -15 An animal. -16 An artisan. -17 The Supreme Being; न ह्यस्ति सर्वभूतेषु दुःख- मस्मिन् कुतः सुखम् । एवं प्रकृतिभूतानां सर्वसंसर्गयायिनाम् ॥ Mb.12. 152.16. -18 Eight forms of the Supreme Being; भूमि- रापो$नलो वायुः खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च । अहंकार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृति- रष्टधा ॥ Bg.7.4. -19 The way of life (जीवन); सतां वै ददतो$न्नं च लोके$स्मिन् प्रकृतिर्ध्रुवा Mb.12.18.27. (pl.) 1 A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; अथानाथाः प्रकृतयो मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Pt.1.48; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते 31. -2 The subjects (of a king); प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś.7.35; नृपतिः प्रकृतीरवेक्षितुम् R.8.18,1. -3 The constituent elements of the state (सप्ताङ्गानि), i. e. 1 the king; -2 the minister; -3 the allies; -4 treasure; -5 army; -6 territory; -7 fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citizens (which is sometimes added to the 7); स्वाम्यमात्य- सुहृत्कोशराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak. -4 The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explanation see Kull. on Ms.7.155 and 157). -5 The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sāṅ. K.3. -6 The five primary elements of creations (पञ्चमहाभूतानि) i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; प्रकृतिं ते भजिष्यन्ति नष्टप्रकृतयो मयि Mb.5.73.17. -Comp. -अमित्रः an ordinary foe; प्रकृत्यमित्रानुत्थाप्य Dk.2.4. -ईशः a king or magistrate. -कल्याण a. beautiful by nature. -कृपण a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me.5. -गुणः one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see गुण. -ज a. innate, inborn, natural. -तरल a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; प्रकृतितरले का नः पीडा गते हतजीविते Amaru.3. -पाठः a list of verbal roots (धातुपाठ). -पुरुषः a minister, a functionary (of the state); जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 a standard or model of a man. -षौ nature and spirit. -भाव a. natural, usual. (-वः) natural or original state. -भोजनम् usual food. -मण्डलम् the whole territory of kingdom; अधिगतं विधिवद्यदपालयत् प्रकृतिमण्डलमात्म- कुलोचितम् R.9.2. -लयः absorption into the Prakṛiti, dissolution of the universe. -विकृतिः mutation of the original form. -श्रैष्ठ्यम् superiority of origin; Ms. 1.3. -सिद्ध a. inborn, innate, natural; सुजनबन्धुजने- ष्वसहिष्णुता प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि दुरात्मनाम् Bh.2.52. -सुभग a. naturally lovely or agreeable. -स्थ a. 1 being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine; दृष्ट्वा चाप्रकृतिस्थां ताम् Rām.7.58.17. -2 inherent, innate, incidental to nature; रघुरप्यजयद् गुणत्रयं प्रकृतिस्थं समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21. -3 healthy, in good health. -4 recovered. -5 come to oneself. -6 stripped of everything, bare.
prathama प्रथम [प्रथ्-अमच्] (Nom. pl. m. प्रथमे or प्रथमाः) 1 First, foremost; मखांशभाजां प्रथमो मनीषिभिस्त्वमेव देवेन्द्र सदा निगद्यसे R.3.44; H.2.39; Ki.2.44. -2 First, chief, principal, most excellent or eminent, matchless, incomparable; Śi.15.42; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms.3.147. -3 Earliest, most ancient, primary. -4 Prior, previous, former, earlier; प्रथमसुकृता- पेक्षया Me.17; नामधेयं गुरुश्चक्रे जगत्प्रथममङ्गलम् R.1.67. -5 (In gram.) The first person (= third person according to European phraseology). -मः 1 The first (third) person. -2 The first consonant of a class. -3 (In math.) The sum of the products divided by the difference between the squares of the cosine of the azimuth and the sine of the amplitude. -मा The nominative case. -मम् ind. 1 first, firstly, at first; उमास्तनो- द्भेदमनुप्रवृद्धो मनोरथो यः प्रथमं बभूव Ku.7.24; R.3.4. -2 Already, previously, formerly; प्रथमोदितम् aforesaid; तमभ्यनन्दत् प्रथमं प्रबोधितः प्रजेश्वरः शासनहारिणा हरेः R.3.68. -3 At once, immediately. -4 Before; यात्रायै चोदयामास तं शक्तेः प्रथमं शरत् R.4.24; उत्तिष्ठेत् प्रथमं चास्य चरमं चैव संविशेत् Ms.2.194. -5 Newly, recently, प्रथमम्-अनन्तरम् or ततः or पश्चात् first, afterwards; प्रथमात् firstly, for the first time; प्रथमतः 1 At first, firstly. -2 previously. -3 immediately. -4 before, in preference to (gen.) -Comp. -अर्धः, -र्धम् the first half. -आगामिन् a. first mentioned. -आदेशः placing at the beginning. -आश्रमः the first of the four stages in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; i. e. Brahmacharya; शरीरबद्धः प्रथमाश्रमो यथा Ku.5.3. -इतर a. 'other than first', the second. -उदित a. first uttered; उवाच धात्र्या प्रथमोदितं वचः R.3.25. -उत्पन्न a. first-born. -कल्पः 1 the best course to adopt. -2 an excellent suggestion or idea. -कल्पित a. 1 first thought out. -2 first in rank or importance. -कुसुमः white marjoran. -गर्भः a. pregnant for the first time, -गिरिः the Eastern mountain; द्वित्रेषु द्युमणिकरेषु शेखरत्वं प्राप्तेषु प्रथमगिरिः प्रयाति सो$यम् Rām. Ch.7.49. -ज a. 1 first-born. -2 original, primary. -दर्शनम् first sight. -दिवसः the first day; आषाढस्य प्रथमदिवसे Me.2. -नवनीतम् 1 the butter which appears first after churning. -2 the milk of a cow at the time when hundred days have elapsed after her delivery. -निर्दिष्ट p. p. first mentioned. -पुरुषः the first person (= third person according to the English system of treating Sanskrit grammar); अथवा अस्तिर्भवतीतिपरः प्रथमपुरुषे प्रयुज्यमानो$प्यस्तीति ŚB. on MS.11.2.2. -मङ्गल a. highly auspicious. -यौवनम् early youth or age, youthful state. -वयस् n. early age, youth. -वसतिः the original home. -वित्ता Ved. a first wife. -विरहः separation for the first time. -वृत्तान्तः antecedents, former circumstances. -वैयाकरणः 1 the most distinguished grammarian. -2 a beginner in grammer. -श्री a. One who has just become rich or fortunate. -श्रुत a. heard for the first time; न हि प्रथम- श्रुताच्छब्दात् कश्चिदर्थं प्रत्येति ŚB. on MS.1.1.6. -साहसः the first or lowest of the three degrees of punishment or fine; पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः Ms.8.138. -सुकृतम् former kindness or service.
pradoṣa प्रदोष a. Bad, corrupt. -षः 1 (a) A fault, defect, sin, offence. (b) Transgression, violation. -2 Disordered condition, such as mutiny, rebellion. -3 Evening, nightfall, the first part of the night; प्रदोषो रजनीमुखम् Ak; 'प्रदोषे$ध्ययनं धीमान्न करोति यथाक्रमम्' Śabda. Ch.; तमःस्वभावास्ते$प्यन्ये प्रदोषमनुयायिनः Śi.2.98 (where प्रदोष primarily means 'corrupt' or 'bad'); व्रजसुन्दरीजनमन- स्तोषप्रदोषः Gīt.5; Ku.5.44; R.1.93; Ṛs.1.12. -Comp. -आगमः nightfall. -कालः, -समयः, -वेला evening-time, nightfall. -तिमिरम् evening darkness, the dusk of early night; कामं प्रदोषतिमिरेण न दृश्यसे त्वम् Mk. 1.35. -रमणीय a. delightful in the evening.
pradhāna प्रधान a. 1 Chief, principal, pre-eminent, main, best, most excellent; as in; प्रधानामात्य, प्रधानपुरुष &c.; रत्नैश्च पूजयेदेनं प्रधानपुरुषैः सह Ms.7.23; प्रधानफलं वा आनुषङ्गिकं वा सर्वमेव आधातरि समवेतुमर्हति ŚB. on. MS.6.2.1; 'यस्मिन् कुले यः पुरुषः प्रधानः स सर्वयत्नेन हि रक्षणीयः'. -2 Principally inherent, prevalent, predominant. -नम् 1 The chief thing or object, most important thing; head, chief; न परिचयो मलिनात्मनां प्रधानम् Śi.7.61; G. L.18; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रम् M.1; शमप्रधानेषु तपो- धनेषु Ś.2.7; गुणैश्च तैस्तैर्विनयप्रधानैः R.6.79. -2 The first evolver, originator, or source of the material world, the primary germ out of which all material appearances are evolved, according to Sāṅkhya philosophy; न पुनरपि प्रधानवादी अशब्दत्वं प्रधानस्या सिद्धमित्याह Ś. B.; see प्रकृति also; प्रधानक्षेत्रज्ञपतिर्गुणेशः Śvet. Up.6.16; एतस्याद्या प्रवृत्तिस्तु प्रधानात् संप्रवर्तते Mb.12.25.25. -3 The Supreme Spirit. -4 Intellect, understanding; एको मयेह भगवान् विबुधप्रधानैश्चित्तीकृतः प्रजननाय कथं नु यूयम् Bhāg.4.1.28. -5 The principal member of a compound. -नः, -नम् 1 The principal attendant or companion of a king (his minister or confidant). -2 A noble, courtier. -3 An elephant-driver. -4 The commander-in-chief. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the principal branch or part of anything. -2 the chief member of the body. -3 the principal or most eminent person in a state. -अमात्यः the prime-minister, premier. -आत्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -उत्तम a. 1 eminent, most illustrious. -2 warlike, brave. -कर्मन् n., कार्यम् 1 the chief business, the principal act; यस्यैव प्रधानकर्मफलं तस्यैवानुषङ्गिकमपि भवितुमर्हति ŚB. on MS.6.2.1. -2 (Medic.) the principal mode of treatment. -कारणवादः the doctrine that प्रधान is the original cause (according to Sāṅkhyas). -धातुः the chief element of the body; i. e. semen virile. -पुरुषः 1 the principal or most eminent person (in a state &c.) Ms.7.23; Pt.3.138. ˚अतीतः transcending प्रधान and पुरुष (matter and spirit). -2 an epithet of Śiva. -भाज् a. 1 most distinguished. -2 receiving the chief share. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister. -वादिन् m. one who asserts the Sāṅkhya doctrine (of प्रधान). -वासस् n. a principal garment; (du.) the two chief garments. -वृष्टिः f. a heavy shower of rain. -शिष्ट a. taught or prescribed as of primary importance. -सभिकः the chief of a gambling house.
prabhāsaḥ प्रभासः Splendour, beauty, lustre. -सः, -सम् 1 N. of a well-known place of pilgrimage near Dvārakā. -2 N. of one of the eight Vasus. -3 N. of one of the Jaina Gaṇādhipa. -4 N. of one of the Devagaṇas in the eighth Manvantara.
prabhūta प्रभूत p. p. 1 Sprung from, produced. -2 Much, abundant. -3 Numerous, many. -4 Mature, perfect. -5 High, lofty. -6 Long. -7 Presided over. -8 Abounding in. -9 Gone up or upwards. -तम् A great or primary element -Comp. -यवसेन्धन a. abounding in fresh grass and fuel. -वयस् a. advanced in age, old, aged.
prayāgaḥ प्रयागः 1 A sacrifice. -2 N. of Indra. -3 A horse. -4 N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage at the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā near the modern Allahabad; प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः प्रकीर्तितः Ms.2.21; (said to be n. also in this sense). -Comp. -भयः an epithet of Indra.
prahāsaḥ प्रहासः 1 Violent or loud laughter. -2 Ridicule, derision. -3 Irony, satire. -4 A dancer, an actor. -5 N. of Śiva. -6 Appearance, display; प्रालम्बद्विगुणित- चामरप्रहासः Ve.2.29. -7 N. of a place of pilgrimage; cf. प्रभास. -8 Splendour of colours.
prāthamika प्राथमिक a. (-की f.) 1 Primary, first. initial. -2 Former, previous. -3 Happening for the first time.
barhiḥ बर्हिः Fire. -n. The Kuśa grass. -Comp. -न्यायः a rule of interpretation according to which an expression must be understood in its primary sense rathar than in its secondary sense. This is discussed and established by Jaimini and Śabara at MS.3.2.1 and 2.
bahu बहु a. (हु or ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ) 1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47. -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार. -2 Frequented, repeated. -4 Large, great. -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind. 1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree. -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word). -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic. -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils. -अप्, -अप a. watery. -अपत्य a. 1 having a numerous progeny. -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny. (-त्यः) 1 a hog. -2 a mouse, rat. (-त्या) a cow that has often calved. -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166. -अर्थ a. 1 having many senses. -2 having many objects. -3 important. -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक. -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4. -उपाय a. effective. -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda. -ऋच a. having many verses. (-चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (-ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1. -एनस् a. very sinful. -कर a. 1 doing much, busy, industrious. -2 useful in many ways. (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner. -2 a camel. -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (-री) a broom. -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21. -कालम् ind. for a long time. -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient. -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree. -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम. -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4. (-मः) 1 a Buddha. -2 a Jaina deified saint. -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (-रः) a kind of alkali. -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk. -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (-न्धम्) cinnamon. -गन्धदा musk. -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -गुण a. having many threads or qualities. -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist. -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations. -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?). -च्छल a. deceitful. -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल). -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal. -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious. -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge. -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument). -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137. -2 abounding in grass. -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree. -द a. liberal, generous. -दक्षिण a. 1 attended with many gifts or donations. -2 liberal, munificent. -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23. -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up. -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (-ग्धः) wheat. (-ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk. -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer. -दृष्ट a. very experienced. -दोष a. 1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful. -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58. -दोहना yielding much milk. -धन a. very rich, wealthy. -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra. -2 a diamond. -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows. -नाडिकः the body. -नाडीकः 1 day. -2 pillar; L. D. B. -नादः a conch-shell. -पत्नीकता polygamy. -पत्रः an onion. (-त्रम्) talc. (-त्री) the holy basil. -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree. -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree. -2 the Nimba tree. -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः). -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (-रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly. -प्रकृति a. consisting of many primary parts or verbal elements (as a compound). -प्रज a. having many children, prolific. (-जः) 1 a hog. -2 the munja grass. -प्रज्ञ a. very wise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 comprising many statements or assertions, complicated. -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā. -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents. -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficulties. -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor. -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix. -प्रसूः the mother of many children. -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones. -फल a. rich in fruits. (-लः) the Kadamba tree. (-ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree. -बलः a lion. -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (-जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ). -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh. -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate. -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative. -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11. -भुजा an epithet of Durgā. -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories. -भोग्या a prostitute. -भोजिन् a. voracious. -मञ्जरी the holy basil. -मत a. 1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35. -2 having many different opinions. -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15. -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -मलम् lead. -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (-नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior. -मान्य a. respectable, esteemable; Kull. on Ms.2.117. -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321. -मार्गः a place where many roads meet. -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3. -2 a wanton or unchaste woman. -मार्गी a place where several roads meet. -मुख a. 1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6. -2 Speaking variously. -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes. -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (-र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी). -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (-ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price. -मृग a. abounding in deer. -रजस् a. very dusty. -रत्न a. rich in jewels. -रस a. juicy, succulent. (-सः) sugar-cane. -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (-शिः) m. a series of many terms. -रूप a. 1 many-formed, multiform, manifold. -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3. (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon. -2 hair. -3 the sun. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 of Brahmā. -7 of the god of love. -रूपक a. multiform, manifold. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā. -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep. -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt. -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्. -वर्ण a. many-coloured. -वादिन् a. garrulous. -वारम् ind. many times, often. -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर). -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years. -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior. -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers. -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse. -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple. -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (-र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bellerica, Mar. बेहडा). -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift. -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide. -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (-हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c. -शत्रुः a sparrow. -शल्यः a species of Khadira. -शस्त a. very good, right or happy. -शाख a. having many branches or ramifications. -शिख a. having many points. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -श्रुत a. 1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36. -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (-तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text. -संख्याक a. numerous. -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals. -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (-तिः) a kind of bamboo. -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (-रः) the Khadira tree. -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands. -सूः 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow. -सूतिः f. 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow that often calves. -स्वन a. vociferous. (-नः) an owl. -स्वामिक a. owned by many.
bibhīṣaṇa बिभीषण a. 1 Terrifying, frightening, intimidating. -2 Formidable, terrible. -3 Bullying of blustering (as language). -णम्, -णा 1 Terrifying. -2 A means of terrifying, terror. -णः N. of a demon and brother of Rāvaṇa. [Though a demon by birth, he was extremely sorry for the abduction of Sītā by Rāvaṇa, and severely reprimanded him for his wicked act. He several times advised Rāvaṇa to restore Sītā to Rāma if he cared to live; but the proud demon turned a deaf ear to his warnings. At last seeing that the ruin of his brother was inevitable, he repaired to Rāma and became his staunch friend. After the death of Rāvaṇa, Rāma installed him on the throne of Laṅkā. He is believed to be one of the seven Chirajīvins; see चिरजीविन्.]
bījam बीजम् 1 Seed (fig. also), seedcorn, grain; अरण्य- बीजाञ्जलिदानलालिताः Ku.5.15; बीजाञ्जलिः पतति कीटमुखावलीढः Mk.1.9; R.19.57; Ms.9.33. -2 A germ, element. -3 Origin, source, cause; बीजप्रकृतिः Ś.1.1 (v. l.). -4 Semen virile; यदमोघमपामन्तरुप्तं बीजमज त्वया Ku.2.5,6. -5 The seed or germ of the plot of a play, story &c.; see S. D.318. -6 Marrow. -7 Algebra. -8 The mystical letter forming the essential part of the Mantra of a deity. -9 Truth, divine truth. -1 A receptacle, place of deposit. -11 Calculation of primary germs. -12 Analysis. -13 The position of the arms of a child at birth. -जः The citron tree. (बीजाकृ means 1 To sow with seed; व्योमनि बीजाकुरुते Bv.1.98. -2 To plough over after sowing). -Comp. -अक्षरम् the first syllable of a Mantra. -अङ्कुरः a seed-shoot, first shoot; अपेक्षते प्रत्ययमुत्तमं त्वां बीजाङ्कुरः प्रागुदयादिवाम्भः Ku.3.18; Pt.1.223. (-रौ) seed and sprout. ˚न्यायः the maxim of seed and sprout; see under न्याय. -अङ्घ्रिकः a camel. -अध्यक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -उपहारिणी a witch. -अम्लम् the fruit of Spondias Magnifera (Mar. कोकंबी). -अर्थ a. desirous of procreation. -अश्वः a stallion. -आढ्यः, -पूरः, -पूरकः the citron tree. (-रम्, -रकम् the fruit of citron. -उत्कृष्टम् good seed; अबीज- विक्रयी चैव बीजोत्कृष्टं तथैव च Ms.9.291. -उदकम् hail. -उप्तिः f. sowing seed. ˚चक्रम् a kind of astrological diagram for indicating good or bad luck following on the sowing of seed. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -कृत् a. producing semen. (-n.) an aphrodisiac. -कोशः, -कोषः 1 the seed-vessel. -2 the seed-vessel of the lotus. (-शी) a pod, legume. -क्रिया algebraic operation or solution. -गणितम् 1 analysis of primary causes. -2 the science of Algebra. -3 N. of the 2 nd part of सिद्धान्तशिरोमणि. -गर्भः Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ). -गुप्तिः f. a pod, legume. -दर्शकः a stage-manager. -द्रव्यम् primary or original matter. -धान्यम् coriander (Mar. धने). -निर्वापणम् sowing seed. -न्यासः making known the germ of the plot of a play. -पादपः Semecarpus Anacardium (Mar. बिब्बा). -पुरुषः the progenitor of a family. -पुष्पः, -पूरणः the citron tree; Rām.2.91.3. -पुष्पिका Andropogon Saccharatus (Mar. जोंधळा, ऊंस). -पेशिका the scrotum. -प्रदः a procreator, generator. -प्रभावः the power of the seed; यस्माद्बीजप्रभावेण तिर्यग्जा ऋषयो$भवन् Ms.1.72. -प्ररोहिन् a, growing from seed. -प्रसूः the earth. -फलकः the citron tree. -मतिः f. a mind capable of analysis, the power of penetrating into the very first principles. -मन्त्रः a mystical syllable with which a Mantra begins. -मातृका the pericarp of a lotus. -मात्रम् only as much as is required for seed (for the preservation of a family). -रत्नम् a kind of seed. -रुहः grain, corn. -वपनम् 1 a field. -2 the act of sowing seed. -वरः a kidney-bean (Mar. उडीद). -वापः 1 a sower of seed; an agriculturist (कृषीवल); कालं प्रतीक्षस्व सुखोदयस्य पङ्क्तिं फलानामिव बीजवापः Mb.3.34. 19. -2 sowing seed. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -सूः The earth. -सेक्तृ m. a procreator, progenitor; cf. Ms. 9.51 (com.) -स्नेहः the Palāśa tree (Mar. पळस). -हरा, -हारिणी a witch.
buddha बुद्ध p. p. [बुध्-क्त] 1 Known, understood, perceived. -2 Awakened, awake. -3 Observed. -4 Enlightened, wise; एवमेव मनुष्येन्द्र धर्मं त्यक्त्वाल्पकं नरः । बृहन्तं धर्ममाप्नोति स बुद्ध इति निश्चितम् ॥ Mb.3.33.67; (see बुध्). -5 Expanded (विकसित); सरःसु बुद्धाम्बुजभूषणेषु विक्षोभ्य विक्षोभ्य जलं पिबन्ति Rām.4.3.41;5.14.24. -द्धः 1 A wise or learned man, a sage. -2 (With Buddhists) A wise or enlightened person who, by perfect knowledge of the truth, is absolved from all existence, and who reveals to the world the method of obtaining the Nirvāṇa or final emancipation before obtaining it himself; -3 'The enlightened', N. of Śākyasimha, the celebrated founder of the Bauddha religion; (he is said to have been born at Kapilavastu and to have died in 543 B. C.; he is sometimes regarded as the ninth incarnation of Viṣṇu; thus Jayadeva says :-- निन्दसि यज्ञविधेरहह श्रुतिजातं सदयहृदय दर्शितपशुघातं केशव धृतबुद्धशरीर जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1); क्वचिद्बुद्धः कल्किर्विहरसि कुभारापहतये Viṣṇu-mahimna 4; ततः कलौ संप्रवृत्ते संमोहाय सुरद्विषाम् । बुद्धो नाम्नाञ्जनसुतः कीकटेषु भविष्यति Bhāg. -4 The Supreme Soul (परमात्मा); अथ बुद्धमथा- बुद्धमिमं गुणविधिं शृणु Mb.12.38.1. -द्धम् Knowledge. -Comp. -अन्तः waking condition, the being awake; स वा एष एतस्मिन् बुद्धान्ते रत्वा Bṛi. Up.4.3.17. -आगमः the doctrines and tenets of the Bauddha religion. -उपासकः a worshipper of Buddha. -गया N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -गुरुः a Buddhist spiritual teacher. -मार्गः the doctrines and tenets of Buddha, Buddhism.
bhaṅgiḥ भङ्गिः ङ्गी f. 1 Breaking, fracture, breach, division. -2 Undulation. -3 Bending, contracting; दृग्भङ्गीभिः प्रथममथुरासंगमे चुम्बितो$स्मि Ud. S.13. -4 A wave. -5 A flood, current. -6 A crooked path, tortuous or winding course. -7 A circumlocutory or round-about way of speaking or acting, periphrasis; भङ्ग्यन्तरेण कथनात् K. P.1; इति भङ्ग्या व्यज्यते-कथ्यते &c.; बहुभङ्गिविशारदः Dk. -8 A pretext, disguise, semblance; यः पाञ्चजन्यप्रतिबिम्बभङ्ग्या धाराम्भसः फेनमिव व्यनक्ति Vikr.1.1. -9 Trick, fraud, deceit. -1 Irony. -11 Repartee, wit. -12 A step; यानादवातरददूरमहीतलेन मार्गेण भङ्गिरचितस्फटिकेन रामः R.13.69. -13 An interval. -14 Modesty. -15 A fashion or mode; नानाश्रमलतापुष्पभङ्गीरचितकुन्तलाम् Bm.1.233; भङ्ग्यन्तरेण ind. in an indirect manner; in another manner. -Comp. -भक्तिः f. division into a series of waves or wave-like steps, a wavy staircase; cf. Me.62. -भाषणम् crooked speeches (with hidden meaning); पांसुलजनभङ्गिभाषणरतः Dk.2.8. -भूत a. resembling. -विकारः distortion of the features; a wry face, grimace.
bhāgaḥ भागः [भज् भावे घञ्] 1 A part, portion, share, division; as in भागहर, भागशः &c. -2 Allotment, distribution, partition. -3 Lot, fate; निर्माणभागः परिणतः U.4. -4 A part of any whole; a fraction. -5 The numerator of a fraction. -6 A quarter, one-fourth part. -7 A degree or the 36th part of the circumference of a circle. -8 The 3th part of a zodiacal sign. -9 The quotient. -1 Room, space, spot, region, place; अयनेषु च सर्वेषु यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11.; R.18.47. -11 A portion payable to Government; सीता, भागो, बलिः, करो ...... राष्ट्रम् Kau.A.2.6.24. -12 One of the four contentments (Sā&ndot. phil.); आध्यात्मिकाश्चतस्रः प्रकृत्युपादान- कालभागाख्याः (v. l. भाग्याख्याः) Sā&ndot. K.5. -13 A half-rupee. -14 The number eleven. -Comp. -अनुबन्धजातिः f. assimilation of quantities by fractional increase. -अपवाहजातिः, -अपवाहनम् f. assimilation of quantities by fractional decrease. -अपहारिन् a. receiving a share. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of a share. -अर्ह a. entitled to a share or inheritance. -कल्पना allotment of shares. -जातिः f. reduction of fractions to a common denominator (in math.). -धानम् a treasury. -धेयम् 1 a share, part, portion; उच्छिष्टं भागधेयं स्याद्दर्मेषु विकिरश्च यः Ms.3.245; नीवारभागधेयोचितैर्मृगैः R.1.5. -2 fortune, destiny, luck. -3 good fortune or luck; तद् भागधेयं परमं पशूनाम् Bh.2.12. -4 property. -5 happiness. (-यः) 1 a tax; अन्यमेव भागधेयमेते तपस्विनो निर्वपन्ति Ś.2. -2 an heir. -भाज् a. interested, a sharer or partner. -भुज् m. a king, sovereign. -मातृ f. (in alg.) a particular rule of division. -लक्षणा a kind of लक्षणा or secondary use of a word by which it partly loses and partly retains its primary meaning; also called जहदजहल्लक्षणा; e. g. सो$यं देवदत्तः. -लेख्यम् a partition-deed; विभागपत्रं कुर्वन्ति भागलेख्यं तदुच्यते Śukra.2.297. -हरः 1 a co-heir. -2 division (in math.) -हारः division (in math.). -हारिन् a. entitled to a share, inheriting. (-m.) 1 an heir. -2 division.
bhāvaḥ भावः [भू-भावे घञ्] 1 Being, existing, existence; नासतो विद्यते भावः Bg.2.16. -2 Becoming, occurring, taking place. -3 State, condition, state of being; लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4; U.6.23; so कातरभावः, विवर्णभावः &c. -4 Manner, mode. -6 Rank, station, position, capacity; देवीभावं गमिता K. P.1; so प्रेष्यभावम्, किंकरभावम् &c. -6 (a) True condition or state, truth, reality; परं भावमजानन्तः Bg.7.24; इति मत्वा भजन्ते मां बुधा भावसम- न्विताः 1.8. (b) Sincerity, devotion; त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52;2.26. -7 Innate property, disposition, nature, temperament; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U.6.14. -8 Inclination or disposition of mind, idea, thought, opinion, supposition; हृदयनिहितभावा गूढमन्त्रप्रचाराः किमपि विगणयन्तो बुद्धिमन्तः सहन्ते Pt.3.43; Ms.8.25;4.65; निकृष्टोत्कृष्टयोर्भावं यास्तु गृह्णन्ति ताः स्त्रियः Bu. Ch.4.23. -9 Feeling, emotion, sentiment; एको भावः Pt.3.66; Ku.6. 95; निर्विकारात्मके चित्ते भावः प्रथमविक्रिया S. D. (In the dramatic science or in poetic compositions generally, Bhāvas are either स्थायिन् primary, or व्यभिचारिन् subordinate. The former are eight or nine, according as the Rasas are taken to be 8 or 9, each rasa having its own स्थायिभाव. The latter are thirty-three of thirty four in number, and serve to develop and strengthen the prevailing sentiment; for definition and enumeration of the several kinds, see R. G. first ānana, or K. P.4). -1 Love, affection; attachment; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया विवव्रुः Ku.3.35; कुमुद्वती भानुमतीव भावं (बबन्ध) R.6.36. -11 Purport, drift, gist, substance; इति भावः (often used by commentators); जनको$प्युत्स्मयन् राजा भावमस्या विशेषयन् । प्रतिजग्राह भावेन भावमस्या नृपोत्तम Mb.12,32.18. -12 Meaning, intention, sense, import; अन्योन्यभावचतुरेण सखीजनेन मुक्तास्तदा स्मितसुधामधुराः कटाक्षाः Māl.1.25. -13 Resolution, determination. -14 The heart, soul, mind; तयोर्विवृतभावत्वात् Māl.1.12; भावसंशुद्धिरित्येतत् तपो मानसमुच्यते Bg.17.16; स्व एव भावे विनिगृह्य मन्मथम् Bu. Ch.4.11. -15 Any existing thing, an object, a thing, substance; पश्यन्ती विविधान् भावान् Rām.2.94.18; जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दुकलादयः Māl.1.17,36; R.3.41; U.3.32. -16 A being, living creature. -17 Abstract meditation, contemplation (= भावना q. v.). -18 Conduct, movement. -19 (a) Gesture, behaviour; अहिंसा समता... भवन्ति भावा भूतानाम् Bg.1.5. (b) Amorous gesture or expression of sentiment; gesture of love; कामं प्रिया न सुलभा मनस्तु तद्भावदर्शनाश्वासि Ś.2.1. -2 Birth; तवाहं पूर्वके भावे पुत्रः परपुरंजय Rām.7.14.2. -21 The world, universe. -22 The womb. -23 Will; घोरैर्विव्यधतुर्बाणैः कृतभावावुभौ जये Rām.6.9.38. -24 Superhuman power; मिथो घ्नतं न पश्यन्ति भावैर्भावं पृथग्दृशः Bhāg.1.4.27. -25 Advice, instruction. -26 (In dramas) A learned or venerable man, worthy man, (a term of address); भाव अयमस्मि V.1; तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः) Māl.1. -27 (In gram.) The sense of an abstract noun, abstract idea conveyed by a word; भावे क्तः. -28 A term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb. -29 (In astr.) An astronomical house. -3 A lunar mansion. -31 An organ of sense. -32 Welfare (कल्याण); भावमिच्छति सर्वस्य नाभावे कुरुते मनः Mb.5.36.16. -33 Protection; द्रोणस्याभावभावे तु प्रसक्तानां यथा$भवत् Mb.7.25.64. -34 Fate, destiny (प्रारब्ध); नातिप्रहीणरश्मिः स्यात्तथा भावविपर्यये Mb.5.77.14. -35 Consciousness of past perceptions (वासना); येभ्यः सृजति भूतानि काले भावप्रचोदितः । महाभूतानि पञ्चेति तान्याहुर्भूतचिन्तिकाः ॥ Mb.12.275.4. -36 Lordship (प्रभुत्व); ते$पि भावाय कल्पन्ते राजदण्डनिपीडिताः Rām.2.67. 32. -37 The six states (अवस्थाषट्क); A, Rām.1.7.31. -Comp. -अनुग a. not forced, natural. (-गा) a shadow. -अन्तरम् a different state. -अद्वैतम् 1 a natural cause. -2 material cause (as thread of a cloth). -3 identity of conception, oneness of view. -अर्थः 1 the obvious meaning or import (of a word, phrase &c.). -2 the subject matter; सर्वेषामपि वस्तूनां भावार्थो भवति स्थितः Bhāg.1.14.57. -आकूतम् (secret) thoughts of the mind; हृदयनिहितं भावाकूतं वमद्भिरिवेक्षणैः Amaru.4. -आख्यः One of the two types of creation according to the Sāṅkhya philosophy; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यस्तस्माद् द्विविधः प्रवर्तते सर्गः Sāṅ. K.52. -आत्मक a. real, actual. -आभासः simulation of a feeling, a feigned or false emotion. -आलीना a shadow. -एकरस a. influenced solely by the sentiment of (sincere) love; ममात्र भावैकरसं मनः स्थितम् Ku.5.82. -कर्तृकः an impersonal verb; Kāśi. on P. II.3.54. -गतिः f. power to convey human feelings; भावगतिराकृतीनाम् Pratimā 3. -गम्भीरम् ind. 1 heartily, from the bottom of the heart. -2 deeply, gravely. -गम्य a. conceived by the mind; ममत्सादृश्यं विरहतनु वा भावगम्यं लिखन्ती Me.87. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 understanding the sense. -2 appreciating the sentiment. -ग्राह्य a. to be conceived with the heart; भावग्राह्यमनीडाख्यं भावाभावकरं शिवम् Śvet. Up.5.14. -चेष्टितम् amorous gesture. -जः 1 love. -2 the god of love. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. knowing the heart. -दर्शिन् a. see भालदर्शिन्. -निर्वृत्तिः the material creation (Sāṅ. phil.); न विना लिङ्गेन भावनिर्वृत्तिः Sāṅ. K.52. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -बन्धन a. enchanting or fettering the heart, linking together the hearts; रथाङ्गनाम्नोरिव भावबन्धनं बभूव यत्प्रेम परस्पराश्रयम् R.3.24. -बोधक a. indicating or revealing any feeling. -मिश्रः a worthy person, a gentleman (used in dramas); प्रसीदन्तु भावमिश्राः Ś.6. -रूप a. real, actual. -वचनम् denoting an abstract idea, conveying the abstract notion of a verb. -वाचकम् an abstract noun. -विकारः a property of a being; षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वार्ष्यायणिः । जायते$स्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते$पक्षीयते नश्यति । -वृत्तः an epithet of Brahman. -शबलत्वम् a mixture of various emotions (भावानां बाध्यबाधकभावमापन्नानामुदासीनानां वा व्यामिश्रणम् R. G., vide examples given ad loc.). -शुद्धिः f. purity of mind, honesty, sincerity. -शून्य a. devoid of real love; उपचारविधिर्मनस्विनीनां न तु पूर्वाभ्यधिको$पि भावशून्यः M.3.3. -संधिः the union or co-existence of two emotions (भावसंधिरन्योन्यानभिभूतयोरन्योन्याभिभावनयोग्ययोः सामानाधिकरण्यम् R. G., see the examples there given). -समाहित a. abstracted in mind, devout. -सर्गः the mental or intellectual creation; i. e. the creation of the faculties of the human mind and their affections (opp. भौतिकसर्ग or material creation). -स्थ a. attached; devoted (to one); न वेत्सि भावस्थमिमं कथं जनम् Ku.5.58. -स्थिर a. firmly rooted in the heart; Ś.5.2. -स्निग्ध a. affectionately disposed, sincerely attached; भावस्निग्धैरुपकृतमपि द्वेष्यतां याति किंचित् Pt.1.285. -भावंगम a. charming, lovely.
bhojya भोज्य pot. p. [भुज्-ण्यत्] 1 To be eaten. -2 To be enjoyed or possessed. -3 To be suffered or experienced. -4 To be enjoyed carnally. -ज्यम् 1 Food, meal; त्वं भोक्ता अहं च भोज्यभूतः Pt.2; Ku.2.15; Ms.3.24; भोज्यं भोजनशक्तिश्च रतिशक्तिर्नराः स्त्रियः Chāṇakyaśatakam. -2 A store of provisions, eatables; वर्धयेद्बाहुयुद्धार्थं भोज्यैः शारीर- केवलम् Śukra.4.877. -3 A dainty. -4 Enjoyment. -5 Advantage, profit. -6 Food given to the Manes. -7 Wounding the mortal spot (मर्मभेद); भोज्ये पांसुविकर्षणे Mb.5.169.12. (com. भोज्ये कौटिल्ये मर्मपीडने). -8 A festive dinner, feast. -Comp. -अन्न a. one whose food may be eaten; एते शूद्रेषु भोज्यान्नाः Ms.4.253. -उष्ण a. too hot to be eaten. -कालः meal-time. -संभवः chyme, the primary juice of the body.
maṇimat मणिमत् a. Jewelled; गण्डस्थलोन्नतमुखं मणिमत्किरीटम् Bhāg. -m. 1 The sun. -2 N. of a mountain. -3 N. of a place of pilgrimage.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
māraḥ मारः [मृ-घञ्] 1 Killing, slaughter, slaying; अशेष- प्राणिनामासीदमारो दश वत्सरान् Rāj.T.5.64. -2 An obstacle, hindrance, opposition. -3 The god of love; श्यामात्मा कुटिलः करोतु कबरीभारोपि मारोद्यमम् Gīt.3; (where मार primarily means 'killing'); Nāg.1.1. -4 Love, passion. -5 The thorn-apple (धत्तूर). -6 An evil one, a destroyer; the tempter (according to Buddhists); सेर्ष्यं मारवधूभिरित्यभिहितो बोधौ जिनः पातु वः Nāg.1.1; Pt.5. 14. -7 Death. -Comp. -अङ्क a. 'marked by love', displaying signs of love; माराङ्के रतिकेलिसंकुलरणारम्भे Gīt.12. -अभिभूः (भुः ?) an epithet of a Buddha. -अरिः, रिपुः Śiva. -आत्मक a. murderous; कथं मारात्मके त्वयि विश्वासः कर्तव्यः H.1. -जातकः a cat. -जित् m. an epithet of Śiva. -2 of a Buddha.
mukham मुखम् [खन् अच् डित् धातोः पूर्वं मुट् च cf. Uṇ.5.2] 1 The mouth (fig. also); प्रजासृजा यतः खातं तस्मादाहुर्मुखं बुधाः; ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत् Ṛv.1.9.12; सभ्रूभङ्गं मुखमिव Me.24; त्वं मम मुखं भव V.1 'be my mouth or spokesman'. -2 The face, countenance; परिवृत्तार्धमुखी मयाद्य दृष्टा V.1.17; नियमक्षाममुखी धृतैकवेणिः Ś.7.21; so चन्द्रमुखी, मुखचन्द्रः &c; ओष्ठौ च दन्तमूलानि दन्ता जिह्वा च तालु च । गलो गलादि सकलं सप्ताङ्गं मुखमुच्यते ॥ -3 The snout or muzzle (of any animal). -4 The front, van, forepart; head, top; (लोचने) हरति मे हरिवाहनदिङ्मुखम् V.3.6. -5 The tip, point, barb (of an arrow), head; पुरारि- मप्राप्तमुखः शिलीमुखः Ku.5.54; R.3.57. -6 The edge or sharp point (of any instrument). -7 A teat, nipple; मध्ये यथा श्याममुखस्य तस्य मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्य- लभ्यम् Ku.1.4; R.3.8. -8 The beak or bill of a bird. -9 A direction, quarter; as in अन्तर्मुख. -1 Opening, entrance, mouth; नीवाराः शुकगर्भकोटरमुखभ्रष्टास्तरूणामधः Ś.1.14; नदीमुखेनेव समुद्रमाविशत् R.3.28; Ku.1.8. -11 An entrance to a house, a door, passage. -12 Beginning, commencement; सखीजनोद्वीक्षणकौमुदीमुखम् R.3.1; दिनमुखानि रविर्हिमनिग्रहैर्विमलयन् मलयं नगमत्यजत् 9.25;5.76; Ghaṭ.2. -13 Introduction. -14 The chief, the principal or prominent (at the end of comp. in this sense); बन्धोन्मुक्त्यै खलु मखमुखान् कुर्वते कर्मपाशान् Bv.4.21; so इन्द्रमुखा देवाः &c. -15 The surface or upper side. -16 A means. -17 A source, cause, occasion. -18 Utterance; as in मुखसुख; speaking, speech, tongue; आत्मनो मुखदोषेण बध्यन्ते शुकसारिकाः Pt.4.44. -19 The Vedas, scripture. -2 (In Rhet.) The original cause or source of the action in a drama. -21 The first term in a progression (in alg.). -22 The side opposite to the base of a figure (in geom.). -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a forest conflagration. -2 a sort of goblin with a face of fire. -3 the consecrated or sacrificial fire. -4 fire put into the mouth of a corpse at the time of lighting the funeral pile. -5 a Brāhmaṇa. -अनिलः, -उच्छ्वासः breath. -अस्त्रः a crab. -आकारः look, mien, appearance. -आक्षेपः 1 an invective. -2 the act of throwing up soil with the ploughshare. -आसवः nectar of the lips. -आस्रवः, -स्रावः spittle, saliva. -आस्वादः kissing the mouth; Y. -इन्दुः a moon-like face, i. e. a round lovely face. -उच्छ्वासः breath. -उल्का a forest-conflagration. -कमलम् a lotuslike face. -खुरः a tooth. -गन्धकः an onion. -गोपनम् concealment of the face; अवधीरितमुखमण्डलमुखगोपनं किमिति Udb. -ग्रहणम् kissing the mouth. -घण्टा f. hurraying of women in festivities. -चन्द्रः a moon-like face. -चपल a. talkative, garrulous. -चपेटिका a slap on the face. -चालिः an introductory dance; -चीरिः f. the tongue. -चूर्णम् scented powder to smear the face with; छविकरं मुखचूर्णमृतुश्रियः R.9.45. -जः 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 a tooth. -जाहम् the root of the mouth. -दूषणः an onion. -दूषिका an eruption disfiguring the face. -दोषः fault of the tongue; आत्मनो मुखदोषेण बध्यन्ते शुकसारिकाः Pt.4.44. -निरीक्षकः a lazy fellow, an idler. -निवासिनी an epithet of Sarasvatī. -पटः a veil; कुर्वन् कामं क्षणमुखपट- प्रीतिमैरावतस्य Me.64. -पाकः inflammation of the mouth; द्राक्षाविपाकसमये मुखपाको भवति काकानाम् Udb. -पिण्डः a mouthful of food; cf. को न याति वशं लोके मुखपिण्डेन पूरितः Bh.2.118. -पुष्पकम् a kind of ornament. -पूरणम् 1 filling the mouth. -2 a mouthful of water, a mouthful in general. -प्रसादः a pleased countenance, graciousness of aspect. -प्रसाधनम् dacorating the face. -प्रियः an orange. (-यम्) cloves. -प्रेक्ष a. observing or watching the face. -फुल्लकम् a kind of ornament. -बन्धः a preface, an introduction. -बन्धनम् 1 a preface. -2 a lid, cover. -भगा (a woman) who suffers her mouth to be used as a vulva. -भङ्गः 1 a blow on the face. -2 wry face, grimace. -भूषणम् a preparation of betel; see ताम्बूल. -भेदः 1 distortion of the face. -2 gaping. -मण़्डनकः a kind of tree (तिलक). -मण्डलम् the (round) face. -मधु a. honey-mouthed, sweet-lipped. -माधुर्यम् a particular disease of the phlegm. -मारुतः breath. -मार्जनम् washing the face. -मुद्रा silence; यापदृष्टिरपि या मुखमुद्रा N.5.12. -मोदः Hyperanthera Moringa (Mar. शेवगा). -यन्त्रणम् the bit of a bridle. -रज्जुः f. the bridle of a horse. -रसः speech, talk; मधुरमुखरसामृतकलया चान्तस्तापमनघार्हसि क्षमयितुम् Bhag.6.9.41. -रागः the colour or complexion of the face; ददृशुर्विस्मितास्तस्य मुखरागं समं जनाः R.12.8;17.31; तव खलु मुखरागो यत्र भेदं प्रयातः Śi.11.31. -रेखा feature, mien, air. -रोगः a disease of the mouth or face. -लाङ्गलः a hog. -लेपः 1 anointing the face or upper side (of a drum); मृदङ्गो मुखलेपेन करोति मुखरध्वनिम् Bh. 2.118. -2 a disease of the phlegmatic humour. -वल्लभः the pomegranate tree. -वस्त्रिका a piece of fine cloth (net) held before the face (Mar. बुरखा). -वाद्यम् 1 an instrument of music sounded with the mouth, any wind-instrument. -2 a sound made with the mouth; (Mar. बोंब). -वासः, -वासनम् a perfume used to scent breath. -विलुण्ठिका a she-goat. -विषमः one of the ways of embezzlement namely misrepresentation of the source of income; Kau. A.2.8. -विष्ठा a species of cockroach. -वैरस्यम् bad taste in the mouth. -व्यादानम् gaping, yawning. -शफ a. abusive, foul-mouthed, scurrilous. -शाला entrance-hall, vestibule. -शुद्धिः f. washing or purifying the mouth. -शृङ्गः a rhinoceros. -शेषः an epithet of Rāhu. -शोधन a. 1 cleansing the mouth. -2 pungent, sharp. (-नः) the sharp flavour, pungency. (-नम्) 1 cleansing the mouth. -2 cinnamon. -शोधिन् m. the citron tree. -शोषः dryness of the mouth. -श्रीः f. 'beauty of countenance', a lovely face. -संदंशः forceps. -संधिः m. A kind of fugue; S. D. 6th Parichcheda. -संभवः a Brāhmaṇa. -सुखम् facility of pronunciation, phonetic ease. -सुरम् the nectar of the lips (अधरामृत). -स्रावः saliva. -हासः cheerfulness or liveliness of countenance; सकमलमुखहासं वीक्षितः पद्मिनीभिः Śi.11.47.
mukhya मुख्य a. [मुखे आदौ भवः यत्] 1 Relating to the mouth or the face; अथ ह य एवायं मुख्यः प्राणः Ch. Up.1.2.7; Ms.5.141. -2 Chief, principal, foremost, first, preeminent, prominent; चन्दनस्य च मुख्यस्य पादपैरुपशोभितम् Mb.12.169.8; द्विजातिमुख्यः, वारमुख्या, योधमुख्याः &c. -3 Foremost, recited first; मुख्येन वा नियम्येत MS.1.5.6 (where explaining मुख्य, शबर writes मुख्यत्वं नाम रथन्तरस्य प्रथमाधीतत्वम्). -ख्यः A leader, guide. -ख्यम् 1 A principal rite or ordinance. -2 Reading or teaching the Vedas. -3 The month reckoned from new moon to new moon. -4 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्व-मीमांसा); मुख्यभेदे यथाधिकारं भावः स्यात् MS.7.1.1 (where शबर explains मुख्य by अपूर्व). -Comp. -अर्थः the primary or original (as opp. गौण) meaning of a word. -उपायाः the four chief stratagems (साम, दान, भेद and दण्ड). -क्रमः the order of the principal act; मुख्यक्रमेण वाङ्गानां तदर्थत्वात् MS.5.1.14. -चान्द्रः the chief lunar month. -नृपः, नृपतिः a sovereign monarch, paramount sovereign. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime minister.
mūlam मूलम् [मूल्-क] 1 A root (fig also); तरुमूलानि गृहीभवन्ति तेषाम् Ś.7.2; or शिखिनो धौतमूलाः 1.15; मूलं बन्ध् to take or strike root; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -2 The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything; कस्याश्चिदासीद्रशना तदानीमङ्गुष्ठमूलार्पितसूत्रशेषा R.7.1; so प्राचीमूले Me.91. -3 The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is joined to something else; बाह्वोर्मूलम् Śi.7.32; so पादमूलम्, कर्णमूलम्, ऊरुमूलम् &c. -4 Beginning, commencement; आमूलाच्छ्रोतुमिच्छामि Ś.1. -5 Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; सर्वे गार्हस्थ्यमूलकाः Mb.; रक्षोगृहे स्थितिर्मूलम् U.1.6; इति केना- प्युक्तं तत्र मूलं मृग्यम् 'the source or authority should be found out'; पुष्पं पुष्पं विचिन्वीत मूलच्छेदं न कारयेत् Mb.5.34. 18; समूलघातमघ्नन्तः परान्नोद्यन्ति मानवाः Śi.2.33. -6 The foot or bottom of anything; पर्वतमूलम्, गिरिमूलम् &c. -7 The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the commentary or gloss). -8 Vicinity, neighbourhood; सा कन्दुकेनारमतास्य मूले विभज्यमाना फलिता लतेव Mb.3.112.16. -9 Capital, principal, stock; मूलं भागो व्याजी परिघः क्लृप्तं रूपिकमत्ययश्चायमुखम् Kau. A.2.6.24. -1 A hereditary servant. -11 A square root. -12 A king's own territory; स गुप्तमूलमत्यन्तम् R.4.26; Ms.7.184. -13 A vendor who is not the true owner; Ms.8.22 (अस्वामिविक्रेता Kull.). -14 The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars. -15 A thicket, copse. -6 The root of long pepper. -17 A particular position of the fingers. -18 A chief or capital city. -19 An aboriginal inhabitant. -2 A bower, an arbour (निकुञ्ज). -21 N. of several roots पिप्पली, पुष्कर, शूरण &c. -22 A tail; मूलो मूलवता स्पृष्टो धूप्यते धूमकेतुना Rām.6.4.51. (In comp. मूल may be translated by 'first, prime, original, chief, principal' e. g. मूलकारणम् 'prime cause', &c. &c.) -Comp. -आधारम् 1 the navel. -2 a mystical circle above the organs of generation; मूलाधारे त्रिकोणाख्ये इच्छाज्ञानक्रियात्मके. -आभम् a radish. -आयतनम् the original abode. -आशिन् a. living upon roots. -आह्वम् a radish. -उच्छेदः utter destruction, total eradication. -कर्मन् n. magic; Ms.9.29. -कारः the author of an original work. -कारणम् the original or prime cause; क्रियाणां खलु धर्म्याणां सत्पत्न्यो मूलकारणम् Ku.6.13. -कारिका a furnace, an oven. -कृच्छ्रः -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, living only upon roots; मूलकृच्छ्रः स्मृतो मूलैः. -केशरः a citron. -खानकः one who lives upon root-digging (मूलोत्पाटनजीवी); Ms.8.26. -गुणः the co-efficient of a root. -ग्रन्थः 1 an original text. -2 the very words uttered by Śākyamuni. -घातिन् a. destroying completely; (नहि...कर्मसु) मूलघातिषु सज्जन्ते बुद्धिमन्तो भवद्विधाः Rām.5.51.18; see मूलहर. -छिन्न a. nipped in the bud; सा$द्य मूलच्छिन्ना Dk. 2.2. -छेदः uprooting. -ज a. 1 radical. -2 growing at the roots of trees (as an ant-hill). -3 born under the constellation Mūla. (-जः) plant growing from a root. (-जम्) green ginger. -त्रिकोणम् the third astrological house. -देवः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -द्रव्यम्, धनम् principal, stock, capital. -धातुः lymph. -निकृन्तन a. destroying root and branch. -पुरुषः 'the stock-man', the male representative of a family. -प्रकृतिः f. the Prakṛiti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.); मूल- प्रकृतिरविकृतिः Sāṅ. K.3. (-pl.) the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war विजि- गीषु, अरि, मध्यम, and उदासीन); see Ms.7.155. -प्रतीकारः protection of wives and wealth (धनदाररक्षा); कृत्वा मूल- प्रतीकारम् Mb.5.151.61. -फलदः the bread-fruit tree. -बन्धः a particular position of the fingers. -बर्हणम् the act of uprooting, extermination. -बलम् the principal or hereditary force; विन्ध्याटवीमध्ये$वरोधान् मूलबलरक्षितान् निवेशयामासुः Dk.1.1. [Kāmandaka enumerates six divisions of the army and declares that मौल (hereditary) is the best of them (Kām.13.2-3.)] -भद्रः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -भृत्यः an old or hereditary servant. -मन्त्रः 1 a principal or primary text (such as आगम); जुहुयान्मूलमन्त्रेण पुंसूक्तेनाथवा बुधः A. Rām.4.4.31. -2 a spell. -राशिः a cardinal number. -वचनम् an original text. -वापः 1 one who plants roots. -2 A field where crops are grown by sowing roots; पुष्पफलवाटषण्ड- केदारमूलवापास्सेतुः Kau. A.2.6.24. -वित्तम् capital stock. -विद्या the twelve-worded (द्वादशाक्षरी) spell :-- ओं नमो भगवते वासुदेवायः; जुहुयान्मूलविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.4. -विभुजः a chariot. -व्यसनवृत्तिः the hereditary occupation of executing criminals; चण्डालेन तु सोपाको मूलव्यसन- वृत्तिमान् Ms.1.38. -व्रतिन् a. living exclusively on roots. -शकुनः (in augury) the first bird. -शाकटः, -शाकिनम् a field planted with edible roots. -संघः a society, sect. -साधनम् a chief instrument, principal expedient. -स्थानम् 1 base, foundation. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 wind, air. -4 Mooltan. (-नी) N. of Gaurī. -स्थायिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्रोतस् n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river. -हर a. uprooting completely; सो$यं मूलहरो$नर्थः Rām.6.46.15. -हरः a prodigal son; मूलहरतादात्विककदर्यांश्च प्रतिषेधयेत् Kau. A.2.9.27.
mūlika मूलिक a. 1 Radical, original. -2 Primary, principal. -3 Living on roots. -कः A devotee, an ascetic. -का 1 A root. -2 A collection of roots. -Comp. -अर्थः a radical fact.
yātrā यात्रा [या-ष्ट्रन्] 1 Going, journey; यात्रा तौ परिवञ्चितुं किसलयं मारीचमायाविधिः Mv.6.1; R.18.16. -2 The march of an army, expedition, invasion; स्थिता हि यात्रा वसुधाधिपानाम् Rām.4.28.15; मार्गशीर्षे शुभे मासि यायाद्यात्रां महीपतिः Ms.7.182; Pt.3.37; R.17.56. ˚कालः time for invasion; Kau. A. -3 Going on a pilgrimage; as in तीर्थयात्रा. -4 A company of pilgrims. -5 A festival, fair, festive or solemn occasion; कालप्रियनाथस्य यात्राप्रसंगेन Māl.1; U.1. -6 A procession, festive train; प्रवृत्ता खलु यात्राभिमुखं मालती Māl.6;6.2. -7 A road. -8 Support of life, livelihood, maintenance; यात्रामात्रप्रसिद्ध्यर्थम् Ms.4.3; शरीरयात्रापि च ते न प्रसिध्येदकर्मणः Bg.3.8. -9 Passing away (time). -1 Intercourse; यात्रा चैव हि लौकिकी Ms.11.185; लोकयात्रा Ve.3; Ms.9.27. -11 Way, means, expedient. -12 A custom, usage, practice, way; एषोदिता लोकयात्रा नित्यं स्त्रीपुंसयोः परा Ms.9.25 (लोका- चारः Kull.). -13 A vehicle in general. -14 A kind of dramatic entertainment. -Comp. -उत्सवः a festive procession. -कर a. supporting life. -करणम् an expedition, a march. -प्रसंगः going on a pilgrimage. -फलम् success of a campaign. -श्राद्धम् a श्राद्ध performed before setting out on a journey; V. P.
yoniḥ योनिः m. f. [यु-नि Uṇ.4.51] 1 Womb, uterus, vulva, the female organ of generation. -2 Any place of birth or origin, generating cause, spring, fountain; स्वासु योनिषु शाम्यति Ms.9.321; सा योनिः सर्ववैराणां सा हि लोकस्य निर्ऋतिः U.5.3; जगद्योनिरयोनिस्त्वम् Ku.2.9;4.43; oft. at the end of comp. in the sense of 'sprung or produced from'; ये हि संस्पर्शजा भोगा दुःखयोनय एव ते Bg. 5.22. -3 A mine. -4 An abode, a place, repository, seat, receptacle. -5 Home, lair. -6 A family, stock, race, birth, form of existence; as मनुष्ययोनि, पक्षि˚, पशु˚ &c. -7 The asterism पूर्वफल्गुनी. -8 Water. -9 The base (of a सामन्) i. e. the ऋक् which is set to music and sung as सामन्; योनिश्चासौ शस्या च योनिशस्या ŚB. on MS. 7.2.17. -1 Copper; L. D. B. -11 The primary cause; कला पञ्चदशी योनिस्तद्धाम प्रतिबुध्यते Mb.12.34.4. -12 The source of understanding; एषा धर्मस्य वो योनिः समासेन प्रकीर्तिता Ms.2.25 (com. योनिर्ज्ञप्तिकारणं 'वेदो$खिलो धर्ममूलम्' इत्या- दिनोक्तमित्यर्थः). -13 Longing for, desire (वासना); संसार- सागरगमां योनिपातालदुस्तराम् Mb.12.25.15. -14 Seed, grain. ˚पोषणम् the growing of seed. -Comp. -गुणः the quality of the womb or place of origin. -ज a. born of the womb, viviparous. -देवता the asterism पूर्वफल्गुनी. -दोषः 1 Sexual defilement. -2 A defect of the female organ. -नासा the upper part of the female organ. -भ्रंशः fall of the womb, prolapsus uteri. -मुक्त a. released from birth or being born again. -मुखम् the orifice of the womb. -मुद्रा a particular position of fingers. -रञ्जनम् the menstrual discharge. -लिङ्गम् the clitoris. -शस्या a Ṛigvedic verse which is both a योनि as well as a शस्या (q. v.); योनिशस्याश्च तुल्यवदितराभिर्वि- धीयन्ते MS.7.2.17. -संवरणम्, -संवृत्तिः Contraction of the vagina. -संकटम् rebirth. -संकरः mixture of caste by unlawful intermarriage; कुले मुख्ये$पि जातस्य यस्य स्याद् योनिसंकरः Ms.1.6. -सम्बन्धः relation by marriage, connection.
rāgaḥ रागः [रञ्ज्-भावे घञ् नि˚ नलोपकुत्वे] 1 (a) Colouring, dyeing, tinging. (b) Colour, hue, dye; वचस्तत्र प्रयोक्तव्यं यत्रोक्तं लभते फलम् । स्थायीभवति चात्यन्तं रागः शुक्लपटे यथा ॥ Pt.1.33. -2 Red colour, redness; अधरः किसलयरागः Ś.1.21; Śi.8.15; Ki.16.46. -3 Red dye, red lac; रागेण बालारुणकोमलेन चूतप्रवालोष्ठमलंचकार Ku.3.3;5.11. -4 Love, passion, affection, amorous or sexual feeling; मलिने$पि रागपूर्णाम् Bv.1.1 (where it means 'redness' also); Śi.17.2; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; see चक्षूराग also; चरणयुगलादिव हृदयमविशद्रागः K.142. -5 Feeling, emotion, sympathy, interest. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 Anger, wrath; निध्वनज्जवहारीभा भेजे रागरसात्तमः Śi. 19.34. -8 Loveliness, beauty. -9 A musical mode or order of sound; (there are six primary Rāgas; भैरवः कौशिकश्चैव हिन्दोलो दीपकस्तथा । श्रीरागो मेघरागश्च रागाः षडिति कीर्तिताः Bharata; other writers give different names. Each rāga has six rāgiṇīs regarded as its consorts, and their union gives rise to several musical modes). -1 Musical harmony, melody; तवास्मि गीतरागेण हारिणा प्रसभं हृतः Ś.1.5; अहो रागपरिवाहिणी गीतिः Ś.5. -11 Regret, sorrow. -12 Greediness, envy; 'रागस्तु मात्सर्ये लोहिता- दिषु' Medinī.; राजकामस्य मूढस्य रागोपहतचेतसः Mb.7.85. 54. -13 The quality called Rajas q. v. -14 Nasalization. -15 A process in the preparation of quicksilver. -16 A king, prince. -17 The sun. -18 The moon. -19 Inflammation. -2 Seasoning, condiment; Mb.4. -Comp. -अङ्गी, -आढ्या Rubia Munjiṣṭa (Mar. मञ्जिष्ठा). -अशनिः a Buddha or Jina. -आत्मक a. impassioned; रजो रागात्मकं विद्धि Bg.14.7. -आयातम्, -उद्रेकः excess of passion. -खाडव, -खाण्डव See रागषाडव; a kind of sweet rice preparation; रागखाण्डवभोज्यैश्च मत्ताः पतिषु शेरते Mb.7. 61.8 (com. रागखाण्डवं गुडोदनं पर्पटिकेति वैदर्भाः). -चूर्णः 1 Acasia Catechu or Khadira tree. -2 red lead. -3 lac. -4 red powder thrown by people over one another at the festival called holi. -5 the god of love. -छन्नः the god of love. -द्रव्यम् a colouring substance, a paint, dye. -दः cristal. -दालिः a kind of pulse (मसूर). -दृश् a ruby. -पट्टः a kind of precious stone. (-ट्टी) the chinese rose. -पुष्पः, -प्रसवः the red globe-amaranth. -बन्धः manifestation of feeling, interest created by a proper representation (of various emotions); भावो भावं नुदति विषयाद्रागबन्धः स एव M.2.9. -युज् m. a ruby. -रज्जुः the god of love. -लता N. of Rati, wife of Cupid. -लेखा a streak or mark of paint. -वर्धनः (in music) a kind of measure. -वृन्तः the god of love. -षाडवः a kind of sweetmeat. -सूत्रम् 1 any coloured thread. -2 a silk-thread. -3 the string of a balance.
rāma राम a. [रम् कर्तरि घञ् ण वा] 1 Pleasing, delighting, rejoicing, -2 Beautiful, lovely, charming. -3 Obscure; dark-coloured, black. -4 White. -मः 1 N. of three celebrated personages; (a) Paraśurāma, son of Jamadagni; (b) Balarāma, son of Vasudeva and brother of Kṛiṣṇa, q.q.v.v.; (c) Rāmachandra or Sītārāma, son of Daśaratha and Kausalyā and the hero of the Rāmāyaṇa; (the word is thus derived in Purāṇas:-- राशब्दो विश्ववचनो मश्चापीश्वरवाचकः । विश्वाधीनेश्वरो यो हि तेन रामः प्रकीर्तितः ॥) cf. also राकारोच्चारमात्रेण मुखान्निर्याति पातकम् । पुनः प्रवेशशङ्कायां मकारो$स्ति कपाटवत् ॥ [When quite a boy, he with his brother was taken by Viśvāmitra, with the permission of Daśaratha, to his hermitage to protect his sacrifices from the demons that obstructed them. Rāma killed them all with perfect ease, and received from the sage several miraculous missiles as a reward. He then accompanied Viśvāmitra to the capital of Janaka where he married Sītā having performed the wonderful feat of bending Siva's bow, and then returned to Ayodhyā. Daśaratha, seeing that Rāma was growing fitter and fitter to rule the kingdom, resolved to install him as heir-apparent. But, on the eve of the day of coronation, his favourite wife Kaikeyī, at the instigation of her wicked nurse Mantharā, asked him to fulfil the two boons he had formerly promised to her, by one of which she demanded the exile of Rāma for fourteen years and by the other the installation of her own son Bharata as Yuvarāja. The king was terribly shocked, and tried his best to dissuade her from her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. The dutiful son immediately prapared to go into exile accompanied by his beautiful young wife Sītā and his devoted brother Lakṣmana. The period of his exile was eventful, and the two brothers killed several powerful demons and at last roused the jealousy of Rāvaṇa himself. The wicked demon resolved to try Rāma by carrying off his beauteous wife for whom he had conceived an ardent passion, and accomplished his purpose being assisted by Mārīcha. After several fruitless inquiries as to her whereabouts, Hanumat ascertained that she was in Laṅkā and persuaded Rāma to invade the island and kill the ravisher. The monkeys built a bridge across the ocean over which Rāma with his numerous troops passed, conquered Laṅkā, and killed Rāvaṇa along with his whole host of demons. Rāma, attended by his wife and friends in battle, triumphantly returned to Ayodhyā where he was crowned king by Vasiṣṭha. He reigned long and righteously and was succeeded by his son Kuśa. Rāma is said to be the seventh incarnation of Viṣṇu; cf. Jayadeva:-- वितरसि दिक्षु रणे दिक्पतिकमनीयं दशमुखमौलिबलिं रमणीयम् । केशव धृतरघुपति- रूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1.]. -2 A kind of deer. -3 N. of Aruṇa. -4 A lover; cf. Śi.4.59. -5 A horse. -6 Pleasure, joy. -मम् 1 Darkness. -2 Leprosy (कृष्ठम्). -3 A tamāla leaf. -Comp. -अनुजः N. of a celebrated reformer, founder of a Vedāntic sect and author of several works. He was a Vaiṣṇava. -अयनम् (-णम्) 1 the adventures of Rāma. -2 N. of a celebrated epic by Vālmīki which contains about 24 verses in seven Kāṇḍas or books. -ईश्वरः N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -काण्डः a species of cane. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Rāma. -कृत् (in music) N. of a Rāga. -क्री N. of a Rāga. -गिरिः N. of a mountain; (चक्रे) स्निग्धच्छाया- तरुषु वसतिं रामगिर्याश्रमेषु Me.1. -चन्द्रः, -भद्रः N. of Rāma, son of Daśaratha. -जन्मन् n. the birth or birth-day of Rāma. -तापन, -तापनी, -तापनीय उपनिषद् N. of a well-known उपनिषद् (belonging to the अथर्ववेद). -दूतः 1 N. of Hanumat. -2 a monkey. (-ती) a kind of basil. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Chaitra, the anniversary of the birth of Rāma. -पूगः a kind of betel-nut tree. -लीला N. of a dramatic performance, on the story of Rāma. -वल्लभः the birch-tree. (-भम्) cinnamon. -शरः a kind of sugar cane. -सखः N. of Sugrīva. -सेतुः the bridge of Rāma', a bridge of sand between the Indian peninsula and Ceylon, now called Adam's bridge.
liṅgam लिङ्गम् [लिङ्ग्-अच्] 1 A mark, sign, token, an emblem, a badge, symbol, distinguishing mark, characteristic; यतिपार्थिवलिङ्गधारिणौ R.8.16; अथवा प्रावृषेण्यैरेव लिङ्गै- र्मम राजोपचारः संप्रति V.4; मुनिर्दोहदलिङ्गदर्शी 14.71; Ms.1. 3;8.25,252. -2 A false or unreal mark, a guise, disguise, a deceptive badge; लिङ्गैर्मुदः संवृतविक्रियास्ते R.7. 3; क्षपणकलिङ्गधारी Mu.1; न लिङ्गं धर्मकारणम् H.4.85. See लिङ्गिन् below. -3 A symptom, mark of disease. -4 A means of proof, a proof, evidence. -5 (In logic) The hetu or middle term in a syllogism; particularly the assertion of the hetu's being found in the पक्ष or minor term coupled with the statement of the invariable concomitance between this hetu and the major term; it is thus defined:-- व्याप्तिपक्षधर्मतावल्लिङ्गम् Tarka K. -6 The sign of gender or sex. -7 Sex; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11. -8 The male organ of generation. -9 Gender (in gram.) -1 The genital organ of Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus. -11 The image of a god, an idol; धत्ते$सावात्मनो लिङ्गं मायया विसृजन् गुणान् Bhāg.7.2.22. -12 One of the relations or indications (such as संयोग, वियोग, साहचर्य &c.) which serve to fix the meaning of a word in any particular passage; e. g. in कुपितो मकरध्वजः the word कुपित restricts the meaning of मकरध्वज to 'Kāma'; see K. P.2 and commentary ad loc.; तदेव सक्तः सह कर्मणैति लिङ्गं मनो यत्र निषक्तमस्य Bṛi. Up.4.4.6. -13 (In Vedānta phil.). The subtle frame or body, the indestructible original of the gross or visible body; cf. पञ्चकोष; यं योगिनो योग- समाधिना रहो ध्यायन्ति लिङ्गादसुतो ममुक्षया Bhāg.3.19.28. -14 A spot, stain. -15 The nominal base, the crude form of a noun (प्रातिपदिक). -16 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Pra- dhāna or Prakṛiti; q. v. -17 The effect or product (that which is evolved out of a primary cause and itself becomes a producer). -18 Inference, conclusion; अव्यक्तमिति विज्ञेयं लिङ्गग्राह्यमतीन्द्रियम् Mb.12.189.15. -19 = उपाधि; योगेन धृत्युद्यमसत्त्वयुक्तो लिङ्गं व्यपोहेत् कुशलो$हमाख्यम् Bhāg.5.5.13. -Comp. -अग्रम् the glans penis. -अनु- शासनम् the laws of grammatical gender. -अर्चनम् the worship of Śiva as a liṅga. -अर्शस् n. a particular disease of the genital organs. -आख्यः Name of one of the sub-divisions of the production according to Sāṅkhya; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यः Sān K.52. -देहः, -शरीरम् the subtle frame or body; see लिङ्ग (13) above. -धारिन् a. wearing a badge. -नाशः 1 loss of the characteristic marks. -2 loss of penis. -3 loss of vision, a particular disease of the eye. -परामर्शः the finding out or consideration of a sign or characteristic (in logic); (e. g. that smoke is a sign of fire); as वह्निव्याप्यधूमवानयं पर्वतः इति लिङ्गपरामर्शः. -पीठम् the pedestal of a शिवलिङ्ग. -पुराणम् N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas. -प्रतिष्ठा the establishment or consecration of a liṅga. -वर्धन a. causing erection of the male organ. -विपर्ययः change of gender. -वृत्ति a. hypocritical. -वृत्तिः a religious hypocrite. -वेदी the base or pedestal of a liṅga. -शास्त्रम् a grammatical treatise on gender. -शोफः swelling on the penis. -स्थः a religious student; न श्रोत्रियो न लिङ्गस्थः (साक्षी कार्यः) Ms.8.65.
vāc वाच् f. [वच्-क्विप् दीर्घो$संप्रसारणं च Uṇ.2.67] 1 A word, sound, an expression (opp. अर्थ); वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1. -2 Words, talk, language, speech; वाचि पुण्यापुण्यहेतवः Māl.4; लौकिकानां हि साधूनामर्थं वागनुवर्तते । ऋषीणां पुनराद्यानां वाचमर्थो$नुधावति U.1.1; विनिश्चितार्थामिति वाचमाददे Ki.1.3 'spoke these words', 'spoke as follows'; R.1.49; Śi.2.13,23; Ku.2.3. -3 A voice, sound; अशरीरिणी वागुदचरत् U.2; मनुष्यवाचा R.2.33. -4 An assertion, a statement. -5 An assurance, a promise. -6 A phrase, proverb, saying. -7 N. of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -Comp. -अपहारकः (वागपहारकः) 1 a 'stealer of speech', a reader of prohibited texts; Ms.11.51. -2 a liar (मिथ्यावादी). -अपेत (वागपेत) a. dumb. -अर्थः (वागर्थः) a word and its meaning; वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ R.1.1; see above. -असिः cutting speech (cutting like a sword); स्फुरन्नसाधोर्विवृणोति वागसिः Ki.14.12. -आडम्बरः, (-वागाडम्बरः) verbosity, bombast. -आत्मन् a. (वागात्मन्) consisting of words; ऋषे प्रबुद्धो$सि वागात्मनि ब्रह्मणि U.2. -ईशः (वागीशः) 1 an orator, an eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; वागीशाद्याः सुमनसः Nyāyamāla. -3 an epithet of Brahman; वागीशं (धातारं) वाग्भिरर्थ्याभिः प्रणिपत्योपतस्थिरे Ku.2.3. -4 the lunar mansion called Puṣya. (-शा) N. of Sarasvatī. -ईश्वरः (वागीश्वरः) 1 an orator, eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Brahman. (-री) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -उत्तरम् (वागु- त्तरम्) end of speech. -ऋषभः, (वागृषभः) 'eminent in speech', an eloquent or learned man. -कलहः- (वाक्कलहः) a quarrel, strife. -कीरः (वाक्कीरः) a wife's brother. -केलिः, -ली (वाक्केलिः -ली) witty conversation. -गुदः (वाग्गुदः) a kind of bird; Ms.12.64. -गुणः (वाग्गुणः) a merit or excellence of speech; (35 such merits are enumerated by Hemachandra). -गुम्फः (pl.) artificial language. -गुलिः, -गुलिकः (वाग्गुलिः &c.) the betel-bearer of a king &c.; cf. ताम्बूलकरङ्कवाहिन्. -चपल a. (-वाक्चपल) chattering, frivolous or inconsiderate in talk. -चापल्यम् (वाक्चापल्यम्) idle or frivolous talk, chattering, gossiping. -छलम् (वाक्छलम्) 'dishonesty in words', an evasive reply, a prevarication; एतावदेवास्ति मे वाक्छलम् Mu.2; केनेदममृतं मे वाक्छलाद् वृष्टम् K.33. -जालम् (वाग्जालम्) bombast, empty talk; अनिर्लोडितकार्यस्य वाग्जालं वाग्मिनो वृथा Śi.2.27. -जीवमः (वाग्जीवनः) a buffon; Kau. A.2.1. -डम्बरः (वाग्ड- म्बरः) 1 bombast. -2 eloquent language. -दण्डः (वाग्दण्डः) 1 reproachful words, reprimand, reproof. -2 restraint of speech, control over words; cf. त्रिदण्ड Ms.12.1. -दत्त (वाग्दत्त) a. promised, affianced, betrothed. (-त्ता) an affianced or betrothed virgin; Kull. on Ms.5.72. -दरिद्र (वाग्दरिद्र) a. 'poor in words', i. e. speaking little. -दलम् (वाग्दलम्) a lip. -दानम् (वाग्दानम्) betrothal; Ms.5.72 (Kull.). -दुष्ट a. (वाग्दुष्ट) 1 abusive, scurrilous, using abusive words; Ms.8.345. -2 using ungrammatical language. (-ष्टः) 1 a defamer. -2 a Brāhmaṇa not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time of his life. -देवता, -देवी (वाग्देवता, वाग्देवी) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech; वाग्देवतायाः सांमुख्यमाधत्ते S. D.1. ˚कुलम् science, learning. -दोषः (वाग्दोषः) 1 the utterance of a (disagreeable) sound; द्वीपिचर्मपरिच्छन्नो वाग्दोषाद् गर्दभो हतः H. B. -2 abuse, defamation. -3 an ungrammatical speech. -निबन्धन (वाग्निबन्धन) a. depending on words. -निमि- त्तम् (वाङ्निमित्तम्) Prognostications; तच्चाकर्ण्य वाङ्- निमित्तज्ञः पितरि सुतरां जीविताशां शिथिलीचकार Hch. V. -निश्चयः (वाङ्निश्चयः) affiance by word of month, marriage contract. -निष्ठा (वाङ्निष्ठा) faithfulness (to one's word or promise). -पटु a. (वाक्पटु) skilful in speech, eloquent. -पति a. (वाक्पति) eloquent; oratorical. (-तिः) 1 N. of Bṛihaspati (in this sense वाचसांपतिः is also used). -2 the constellation Puṣya. -पथः(वाक्पथः) 1 a moment fit for speech. -2 the range of speech. -पाटवम् (वाक्पाटवम्) eloquence. -पारीणः (वाक्पा- रीणः) beyond the range of speech; वाक्पारीणरुचिः स चेन्मुखमयं पद्मः प्रिये तावकम् N.22.14. -पारुष्यम् (वाक्पारु- ष्यम्) 1 severity of language. -2 violence in words, abusive or scurrilous language, defamation; एवं दण्डविधिः प्रोक्तो वाक्पारुष्यस्य तत्त्वतः Ms.8.278. -प्रचोदनम् (वाक्प्रचो- दनम्) an order expressed in words. -प्रतोदः (वाक्प्र- तोदः) 'the goad of words', goading or taunting language. -प्रलापः (वाक्प्रलापः) eloquence. -बन्धनम् (वाग्बन्धनम्) stopping the speech, silencing; व्रीडार्ता प्रकरोति दाडिमपलव्याजेन वाग्बन्धनम् Amaru.16. -भट (वाग्भटः) N. of a writer on medicine. -मनस n. (the duel -वाङ्मनसी in Vedic language) speech and mind; अथैनं तुष्टुवुः स्तुत्यमवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; अतीतः पन्थानं तव च महिमा वाङ्मनसयोः Śiva-mahimna 2. -मात्रम् (वाङ्मात्रम्) mere words. -मुखम् (वाङ्मुखम्) the beginning or introduction of a speech, an exordium, a preface. -यत a. (-वाग्यत) one who has controlled or curbed his speech, silent. -यमः (वाग्यमः) one who has controlled his speech, a sage. -यामः (वाग्यामः) a dumb man. -युद्धम् (वाग्युद्धम्) a war of words, (hot) debate or discussion, controversy. -रोधः (वाग्रोधः) stopping the speech, silencing. -वज्रः (वाग्वज्रः) 1 adamantine words; अहह दारुणो वाग्वज्रः U.1. -2 harsh or severe language. -विद् a. (वाग्विद्) eloquent. -विदग्ध a. (वाग्विदग्ध) skilled in speech. (-ग्धा) a sweet-speaking or fascinating woman. -विनिःसृत a. (वाग्विनिःसृत) put forth by speech; वाच्यर्था नियताः सर्वे वाङ्मूला वाग्वि- निःसृताः । तां तु यः स्तेनयेद्वाचं स सर्वस्तेयकृन्नरः ॥ Ms.4.256. -विभवः (वाग्विभवः) stock or provision of words, power of description, command of language; नास्ति मे वाग्विभवः प्रशंसितुम् V.3; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये तनुवाग्विभवो$पि सन् R.1.9; Māl.1.26. -विलासः (वाग्विलासः) graceful or elegant speech. -विलासिन् m. (वाग्विलासिन्) pigeon, dove. -विस्तरः (वाग्विस्तरः) prolixity. -वीरः (वाग्वीरः) master of speech. -व्ययः (वाग्व्ययः) waste of breath. -व्यवहारः (वाग्व्यवहारः) verbal or oral discussion; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रं किमत्र वाग्व्यवहारेण M.1. -व्यापारः (वाग्व्यापारः) 1 the manner of speaking. -2 the style or habit of speaking. -3 customary phraseology or mode of talking. -शलाका (वाक्शलाका) injurious speech. -शल्यम्(वाक्शल्यम्) = वाक्शलाका. -शस्त्रम् (वाक्शस्त्रम्) a curse; वाक्शस्त्रं वै ब्राह्मणस्य तेन हन्यादरीन् द्विजः Ms.11.33. -संतक्षणम् sarcastic remarks; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -संयमः (वाक्संयमः), -संवरः (वाक्संवरः) restraint or control of speech. -संगः (वाक्संगः) 1 impeded or slow speech. -2 paralysis of speech. -सारः (वाक्सारः) eloquence. -सिद्धम् (वाक्सिद्धम्) supernatural perfection of speech. -स्तम्भः (वाक्स्तम्भः) paralysis of speech.
vāyuḥ वायुः [वा उण् युक् च Uṇ.1.1] 1 Air, wind; वायुर्विधूनयति चम्पकपुष्परेणून् K. R.; आकाशात्तु विकुर्वाणात् सर्वगन्धवहः शुचिः । बलवाञ्जायते वायुः स वै स्पर्शगुणो मतः ॥ Ms.1.76. (There are seven courses of wind one above the other :- आवहः प्रवह- श्चैव संवहश्चोद्वहस्तथा । विवहाख्यः परिवहः परावह इति क्रमात् ॥). -2 The god of wind, the deity supposed to preside over wind, (who is the regent of the north-west quarter). -3 A life-wind or vital air, of which five kinds are enumerated:-- प्राण, अपान, समान, व्यान and उदान. -4 Morbid affection or vitiation of the windy humour. -5 Breathing, breath. -6 A mystical N. of the letter य. -Comp. -अधिक a. gouty; Buddh. -आस्पदम् the sky, atmosphere. -कुम्भः a part of the elephant's face in the middle of Pratimāna; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -केतुः dust. -कोणः the north-west. -गण्डः flatulence (caused by indigestion). -गति a. swift as wind, very fleet. -गीत a. ('sung by the wind') universally known; अत्र गाथा वायुगीताः कीर्तयन्ति पुराविदः Ms.9.42. -गुल्मः 1 a hurricane, storm. -2 a whirl-pool. -गोचरः 1 the range of the wind. -2 the north-west. -ग्रन्थिः a swelling caused by the disturbance of the air in the body. -ग्रस्त a. 1 affected by wind, flatulent. -2 gouty. -जातः, -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः, -सूनुः epithets of Hanumat or Bhīma. -दारः, -दारुः a cloud. -दिश् the north-west. -देवम् the lunar mansion स्वाति. -निघ्न a. affected by wind, crazy, mad, frantic. -निवृत्तिः f. 1 a lull, calm. -2 cure of windy distempers (such as gout &c.). -परमाणुः a primary aerial atom. -पुराणम् N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas. -फलम् 1 hail. -2 the rain-bow. -भक्षः, -भक्षणः, -भुज् m. 1 one who feeds only on air (as an ascetic). -2 a snake; cf. पवनाशन. -भूत a. going everywhere at will. -मण्डलम् a whirl-wind. -मरुल्लिपिः (मरुत् + लिपिः) a particular mode of writing. -मार्गः the atmosphere. -रुग्ण a. broken down by wind; फुल्ला- सनाग्रविटपानिव वायुरुग्णान् R.9.63. -रोषा night. -वर्त्मन् m., n. the sky, atmosphere. -वाहः smoke. -वाहनः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -वाहिनी a vein, an artery, a vessel of the body. -वेग, -सम a. swift as wind. -सखः, -सखिः m. fire. -स्कन्धः the region of the wind.
vārtraghnaḥ वार्त्रघ्नः N. of Arjuna; अथ भूतानि वार्त्रघ्नशरेभ्यस्तत्र तत्रसुः Ki.15.1. वार्त्रघ्नीन्यायः vārtraghnīnyāyḥ वार्त्रघ्नीन्यायः (Mīmāṁsa) A rule of interpretation according to which a detail that cannot properly find connection with the primary or main matter should be understood as belonging to a subsidiary thereof. This is an exception to the मिथो$सम्बन्धन्याय (q. v.). This is discussed by Jaimini and Śabara at MS.3.1.23.
vyaṅgya व्यङ्ग्य a. 1 Indicated by implication, indicated by covert or indirect allusion. -2 Suggested (as sense). -ङ्ग्यम् Suggested sense, insinuation, the meaning hinted at (opp. वाच्य 'the primary or expressed meaning', and लक्ष्य 'the secondary or indicated meaning'); इदमुत्तममतिशयिनि व्यङ्ग्ये वाच्याद् ध्वनिर्बुधैः कथितः K. P.1. -Comp. -उक्तिः f. covert expression, insinuation, inuendo.
ṣaṣ षष् num. a. (used in pl., nom. षट्; gen. षण्णाम्) Six; तेषां त्ववयवान् सूक्ष्मान् षण्णामप्यमितौजसाम् Ms.1.16;8.43. -Comp. -अंशः (ष़डंशः) a sixth part. -अक्षीणः (षडक्षीणः) a fish. -अङ्गम् (ष़डङ्गम्) 1 (a) six parts of the body taken collectively : जङ्घे बाहू शिरो मध्यं षडङ्गमिदमुच्यते । (b) The other six parts of the body are 'हृदयशिरःशिखा- नेत्रकवचास्त्राणि' as in Māl.5.2 (नित्यं न्यस्तषडङगचक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्यमध्योदितम्); cf. com. on the verse. -2 the six works auxiliary to the Veda; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चितिः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव षडङ्गो वेद उच्यते ॥ see वेदाङ्ग also. ˚विद् knowing the six वेदाङ्गs; Ms.3.145. -3 six auspicious things, i. e. the six things obtained from a cow; गोमूत्रं गोमयं क्षीरं सर्पिर्दधि च रोचना । षडङ्गमेतन्माङ्गल्यं पठितं सर्वदा गवाम् ॥ -3 any set of six articles. ˚जत् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -अङ्घ्रिः (षडङ्घ्रिः) a bee; किमिह बहु षडङ्घ्रे गायसि त्वम् Bhāg.1.47.14.; Śi.1.4. -अधिक a. (-षडधिक) exceeded by six; षडधिकदशनाडीचक्रमध्यस्थितात्मा Māl.5.1. -अभिज्ञः (षडभिज्ञः) a Buddhist deified saint. -अशीत (षडशीत) eighty-sixth. -अशीतिः f. (-ष़डशीतिः) 1 eighty-six. -2 N. of the four passages of the sun from one zodiacal sign to the other; L. D. B. -अष्टकम् (in astr.) a particular Yoga. -अहः (ष़डहः) a period of six days. -आननः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः, (षडाननः, षड्वक्त्रः, षड्वदनः) epithets of Kārtikeya; षडाननापीतपयोधरासु नेता चमूनामिव कृत्तिकासु R.14.22. -आम्नायः (षडाम्नायः) the six-fold Tantra. -ऊर्मिः the six waves of existence. -ऊषणम् (ष़डूषणम्) six spices taken collectively; पञ्चकोलं समरिचं षडूषणमुदाहृतम्. -ऋतुः m. pl. the six seasons (i. e. वसन्त, ग्रीष्म, वर्षा, शरद्, हेमन्त and शिशिर). -कर्ण a. (-षट्कर्ण) heard by six ears; i. e. by a third person other than the speaker and the person spoken to; told to more than one listener (as a counsel, secret &c.); षट्कर्णो भिद्यते मन्त्रः Pt.1.99. (-र्णः) a kind of lute. -कर्मन् n. (षट्कर्मन्) 1 the six acts or duties enjoined on a Brāhmaṇa; they are अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्र- जन्मनः ॥ Ms.1.75. -2 the six acts allowable to a Brāhmaṇa for his subsistence:- उच्छं प्रतिग्रहो भिक्षा वाणिज्यं पशुपालनम् । कृषिकर्म तथा चेति षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥. -3 the six acts that may be performed by means of magic :- शान्ति, वशीकरण, स्तम्भन, विद्वेष, उच्चाटन and मरण. -4 the six acts belonging to the practice of Yoga :- धौतिर्वस्ती तथा नेती नौलिकी (नौलिकः) त्राटकस्तथा । कपालभाती चैतानि षट्कर्माणि समाचरेत् ॥ (-m.) 1 a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the above six acts. -2 one well-versed in the Tantra magical rites. -कोण a. (-षट्कोण) hexangular. (-णम्) 1 a hexagon. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. -3 a diamond. -गया the sixfold gayā; गयागजो गयादित्यो गायत्री च गदाधरः । गया गयासुरश्चैव षड्गया मुक्तिदायकाः ॥ -गवम् (षड्गवम् 1 a team or yoke of six oxen. -2 a yoke of six (sometimes after the names of other animals); i. e. हस्ति˚, अश्व˚ 'six elephants, horses &c.'. -गवीय a. drawn by six oxen; न यद्वहेच्छकटं षड्गवीयम् Mb.8.76.17. -गुण a. (-षड्गुण) 1 sixfold. -2 having six attributes. (-णम्) 1 an assemblage of six qualities. -2 the six expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics; see under गुण (21); cf. षाड्गुण्य also. -ग्रन्थः a kind of Karañja tree. -ग्रन्थि n. (-षड्ग्रन्थि) the root of long pepper. -ग्रन्थिका (षड्- ग्रन्थिका) zedoary (शठी). -चक्रम्, (षट्चक्रम्) the six mystical circles of the body, i. e. मूलाधार, स्वाधिष्ठान, मणिपूर, अनाहत, विशुद्ध and आज्ञाख्य. -चत्वारिंशत् (षट्चत्वारिंशत्) forty-six. -चरणः (षट्चरणः) -1 a bee. -2 a locust. -3 a louse. -जः, (ष़ड्जः) the fourth (or first according to some) of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; so called because it is derived from the six organs : नासां कण्ठमुरस्तालु जिह्वां दताञ्श्च संस्पृशन् । षड्जः सञ्जायते (षढ्भ्यः संञ्जायते) यस्मात्तस्मात् षड्ज इति स्मृतः ॥ it is said to resemble the note of peacocks; षड्जं रौति मयूरस्तु Nārada; षड्जसंवादिनीः केकाः द्विधा भिन्नाः शिखण्डिभिः R.1.39. -तन्त्री N. of the six philosophical systems. -त्रिंशत् f. (-षट्त्रिंशत्) thirty-six; (-षट्रत्रिंश a. thirtysixth). -तिलिन् m. one performing six acts with sesamum seeds; तिलोद्वतीं तिलस्नायी तिलहोमी तिलप्रदः । तिलभुक् तिलवापी च षट्तिली नावसीदति ॥ -दर्शनम् (षड्दर्शनम्) the six principal systems of Hindu philosophy; they are: सांख्य, योग, न्याय, वैशेषिक, मीमांसा and वेदान्त. (-नः) one conversant with the above six systems. -दीर्घः the six long vowels : आ, ई, ऊ, ऐ, औ. -दुर्गम्, (षड्दुर्गम्) the six kinds of forts taken collectivelly; धन्वदुर्गं महीदुर्गं गिरिदुर्गं तथैव च । मनुष्यदुर्गं मृद्दुर्गं वनदुर्गमिति क्रमात् ॥ -नवतिः f. (-षण्णवतिः) ninety-six. -पञ्चाशत् f. (-षट्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-six. -पदः (षट्पदः) 1 a bee; न पङ्कजं तद्यदलीनषट्पदं न षट्पदो$सौ न जुगुञ्ज यः कलम् Bk.2.19; Ku.5.9; R.6.69. -2 a louse. -3 a verse consisting of six padas. ˚अथितिः 1 the mango tree. -2 the Champaka tree. ˚आनन्दवर्धनः the Aśoka or Kiṅkirāta tree. ˚ज्य a. having bees for the bow-string (as the bow of Cupid); प्रायश्चापं न वहति भयान्मन्मथः षट्पदज्यम् Me.75. ˚प्रियः the tree called नाग- केशर. -पदी (षट्पदी) 1 a stanza consisting of six lines. -2 a female bee. -3 a louse. -4 the six states ('यो$शनायापिपासे शोकं मोहं जरां मृत्युमत्येति' इति श्रुत्युक्ताः Mb. 3.314.9 Com.):-- hunger, thrist, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age and death; other version is :-- कामक्रोधौ लोभमोहौ मदमानौ च षट्पदी ।. -पादः (षट्पादः) a bee. -प्रज्ञः, (षट्प्रज्ञः) 1 one who is well acquainted with six subjects i. e. the four Puruṣārthas or objects of human existence, the nature of the world, and the nature of the Supreme Sprit; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षेषु लोक- तत्त्वार्थयोरपि । षट्सु प्रज्ञा तु यस्यासौ षट्प्रज्ञः परिकीर्तितः ॥ -2 a lustful or licentious man. -3 a good-hearted neighbour. -बिन्दुः (षड्बिन्दुः ) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भागः (षड्भागः) a sixth part, one-sixth; तपःषड्भागमक्षय्यं ददत्यारण्यका हि नः Ś.2.14; Ms.7.131;8.33. -भाववादिन् a maintainer of the theory of the six भावs (i. e. द्रव्य, गुण, कर्मन्, सामान्य, विशेष and समवाय). -भुज a. (-षड्भुज) 1 six-armed. -2 six-sided, hexagonal. (-जः) a hexagon. (-जा) 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 the watermelon. -मतस्थापकः (षण्मतस्थापकः) N. of Śaṁkarāchārya. -मासः (षण्मासः) a period of six months. ˚निचय a. one who has a store (of food) sufficient for six months; Ms.6.18. -मासिक a. (-षण्मासिक) half-yearly, occurring every six months. -मुखः (षण्मुखः) an epithet of Kārtikeya; स गुणानां बलानां च षण्णां षण्मुख- विक्रमः R.17.67; Mv.1.33. (खा) a water-melon. -रसम्, -रसाः (m. pl.) (-षड्रसम् &c.) the six flavours taken collectively; see under रस. -रात्रम् (षड्रात्रम्) a period of six nights. -रेखा, (षड्रेखा) a water-melon. -वर्गः (षड्वर्गः) 1 an aggregate of six things. -2 especially, the six enemies of mankind; (also called षड्रिपु); कामः क्रोधस्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1 9; व्यजेष्ठ षड्वर्गम् Bk.1.2. -3 the five senses and Manas. -र्विशम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāma Veda. -विंशतिः f. (-षड्विंशतिः)twenty-six; (-षड्विंश twentysixth). -विध (षड्विध) a. of six kinds, sixfold; षड्विधं बलमादाय प्रतस्थे दिग्जिगीषया R.4.26. -शास्त्रिन् m. one conversant with the six Śāstras or darśanas. -षष्टिः f. (-षट्षष्टिः) sixty-six. -सप्ततिः (षट्सप्ततिः) seventy-six.
ṣāḍavaḥ षाडवः 1 Passion, sentiment. -2 Singing, music. -3 (In music). A Rāga in which six of the seven primary notes are used; औडवः पञ्चभिः प्रोक्तः स्वरैः षड्भिस्तु षाडवः । -4 Confectionery, sweetmeats; Suśr.
saṃsthānam संस्थानम् 1 A collection, heap, quantity. -2 The aggregation of primary atoms. -3 Configuration, position; आकृतिरवयवसंस्थानविशेषः. -4 Form, figure, appearance, shape; स्त्रीसंस्थानं चाप्सरस्तीर्थमारादुत्क्षिप्यैनां ज्योतिरेकं जगाम Ś.5.3; Ms.9.261; काचित् पुरुषवत् कृत्वा गतिं संस्था- नमेव च Bu. Ch.4.42; Dk.2.3. -5 Construction, formation; यस्यावयवसंस्थानैः कल्पितो लोकविस्तरः Bhāg.1.3.3. -6 Vicinity. -7 Common place of abode. -8 Situation, position. -9 Any place or station. -1 A place where four roads meet; संस्थानेषु च सर्वेषु पुरेषु नगरेषु च Mb.12.69. 7. -11 A mark, sign, characteristic sign. -12 Death. -13 The business of upkeeping the Government; व्यवहारसंस्थानम् Kau. A.2.7. -14 A part, division; षट्पदं नवसंस्थानं निवेशं चक्रिरे द्विजाः Mb.14.64.1. (v. l.). -15 Beauty, splendour. -16 The system of disease. -a. Immovable (स्थावर); विज्ञातश्चासि लोकेषु त्रिषु संस्थानचारिषु Mb.3.217.13. (com. संस्थानचारिषु स्थावरजङ्गमेषु).
sat सत् a. (-ती f.) 1 Being, existing, existent; सन्तः स्वतः प्रकाशन्ते गुणा न परतो नृणाम् Bv.1.12; सत्कल्पवृक्षे वने Ś.7.12. -2 Real, essential, true; Bṛi. Up.2.3.1. -3 Good, virtuous, chaste; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1. 21; Ś.5.17. -4 Noble, worthy, high; as in सत्कुलम्. -5 Right, proper. -6 Best, excellent. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Wise, learned. -9 Handsome, beautiful. -1 Firm, steady. -m. A good or virtuous man, a sage; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4.86; अविरतं परकार्यकृतां सतां मधुरिमातिशयेन वचो$मृतम् Bv.1.113; Bh.2. 78; R.1.1. -n. 1 That which really exists, entity, existence, essence. -2 The really existent truth, reality. -3 Good; as in सदसत् q. v. -4 Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -5 Ved. Water. -6 The primary cause (कारण); य ईक्षिता$हं रहितो$प्यसत्सतोः Bhāg.1.38.11. -7 (In gram.) The termination of the present participle. (सत्कृ means 1 to respect, treat with respect, receive hospitably. -2 to honour, worship, adore. -3 to adorn.) -Comp. -अञ्जनम् (सदञ्जनम्) calx of brass. -अर्थः (सदर्थः) a matter in question. -असत् (सदसत्) a. 1 existent and non-existent, being and not being. -2 real and unreal. -3 true and false. -4 good and bad, right and wrong. -5 virtuous and wicked. (-n. du.) 1 entity and non-entity. -2 good and evil, right and wrong. ˚विवेकः discrimination between good and evil, or truth and falsehood. ˚व्यक्तिहेतुः the cause of discrimination between the good and bad; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति सदसद्व्यक्तिहेतवः R.1.1. -आचारः (सदाचारः) 1 good manners, virtuous of moral conduct. -2 approved usage, traditionary observances, immemorial custom; यस्मिन् देशे य आचारः पारंपर्यक्रमागतः । वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार उच्यते ॥ Ms.2.18. -आत्मन् a. (सदात्मन्) virtuous, good. -आनन (सदानन) a. fair-faced. -उत्तरम् (सदुत्तरम्) a proper or good reply. -करणम् funeral obsequies. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कर्मन् n. 1 a virtuous or pious act. -2 virtue, piety. -3 funeral obsequies. -4 expiation. -5 hospitality. -काण्डः a hawk, kite. -कारः 1 a kind or hospitable treatment, hospitable reception; सत्कारमानपूजार्थं तपो दम्भेन चैव यत् । क्रियते तदिह प्रोक्तं राजसं चलमध्रुवम् ॥ Bg.17.18. -2 reverence, respect. -3 care, attention. -4 a meal. -5 a festival, religious observance. -कार्यम् (in Sāṁkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect. ˚वाद the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause). -कुल a good or noble family. -कुलीन a. nobly born, of noble descent. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 hospitably received or treated. -3 revered, respected, honoured. -4 worshipped. adored. -5 entertained. -6 welcomed. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. (-तम्) 1 hospitality. -2 respect. -3 virtue, piety. -कृतिः f. 1 treating with respect, hospitality, hospitable reception. -2 virtue, morality. -क्रिया 1 virtue, goodness; शकुन्तला मूर्तिमती च सत्क्रिया Ś.5.15. -2 charity, good or virtuous action. -3 hospitality, hospitable reception; सत्क्रियाविशेषात् Ś.7. -4 courtesy, salutation. -5 any purificatory ceremony. -6 funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -7 Celebration, decoration; यावदादिशति पार्थिवस्तयोर्निर्गमाय पुरमार्गसत्क्रियाम् R.11.3. -गतिः f. (-सद्गतिः) 1 a good or happy state, felicity, beatitude. -2 The way of good men. -गुण a. (सद्गुण) possessed of good qualities, virtuous, (-णः) virtue, excellence, goodness, good quality. -घनः (सद्घनः) holy existence. -2 nothing but existence. -चरित, -चरित्र a. (सच्चरित-त्र) well conducted, honest, virtuous, righteous; सूनुः सच्चरितः Bh.2.25. (-n.) 1 good of virtuous conduct. -2 history or account of the good; Ś.1. -चारा (सच्चारा) turmeric. -चिद् (सच्चिद्) the Supreme Spirit. ˚अंशः a portion of existence and thought. ˚आत्मन् m. the soul consisting of entity and thought. ˚आनन्दः 1 'existence or entity, knowledge and joy'; an epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -जन a. (सज्जन) good, virtuous, respectable. (-नः) a good or virtuous man. ˚गर्हित despised by the virtuous; पुक्कस्यां जायते पापः सदा सज्जनगर्हितः Ms.1. 38. -धर्मः (सद्धर्मः) true justice. -पतिः Ved. 1 a lord of good persons or heroes. -2 N. of Indra. -पत्रम् the new leaf of a water-lily. -पथः 1 a good road. -2 the right path of duty, correct or virtuous conduct. -3 an orthodox doctrine. -परिग्रहः acceptance (of gifts) from a proper person. -पशुः a victim fit for a sacrifice, a good sacrificial victim. -पात्रम् a worthy or virtuous person. ˚वर्षः bestowing favours on worthy recipients, judicious liberality. ˚वर्षिन् a. having judicious liberality. -पुत्रः 1 a good or virtuous son. -2 a son who performs all the prescribed rites in honour of his ancestors. -a. one who has a son; यद्यपि स्यात्तु सत्पुत्रो$प्यसत्पुत्रो$पि वा भवेत् Ms.9.154. -प्रतिपक्षः (in logic) one of the five kinds of hetvābhāsas or fallacious hetus, a counterbalanced hetu, one along which there exists another equal hetu on the opposite side; यत्र साध्याभावसाधकं हेत्वन्तरं स सत्प्रति- पक्षः; e. g. 'sound is eternal because it is audible'; and also 'sound is non-eternal, because it is a product'; नाप्रामाण्यं मतानां स्यात् केषां सत्प्रतिपक्षवत् N.17.19. -प्रमुदिता (in Sāṁkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 perfections. -भाग्यम् (सद्भाग्यम्) 1 good fortune. -2 Felicity. -फलः the pomegranate tree. -भावः (सद्भावः) 1 existence, being, entity; सद्भावे साधुभावे च सदित्येतत् प्रयुज्यते Bg.17.26. -2 actual existence, reality. -3 good disposition or nature, amiability. -4 quality of goodness. -5 obtainment (प्राप्ति); देहस्यान्यस्य सद्भावे प्रसादं कर्तुमर्हसि Rām.7.56.9. -मातुरः (सन्मातुरः) the son of a virtuous mother. -मात्रः (सन्मात्रः) 'consisting of mere entity', the soul. -मानः (सन्मानः) esteem of the good. -मित्रम् (सन्मित्रम्) a good or faithful friend. -युवतिः f. (सद्युवतिः) a virtuous maiden. -वंश (सद्वंश) a. of high birth. -वचस् n. (सद्वचस्) an agreeable or pleasing speech. -वस्तु n. (सद्वस्तु) 1 a good thing. -2 a good plot or story; प्रणयिषु वा दाक्षिण्यादथवा सद्वस्तुपुरुषबहुमानात् । शृणुत मनोभिरवहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य ॥ V.1.2. -वादिता (सद्वादिता) true counsel; सद्वादितेवाभिनिविष्टबुद्धौ Ki.17.11. -विद्य (सद्विद्य) welleducated, having good learning. -वृत्त a. (सद्वृत्त) 1 wellbehaved, well conducted, virtuous, upright. -2 perfectly circular, well-rounded; सद्वृत्तः स्तनमण्डलस्तव कथं प्राणै- र्मम क्रीडति Gīt.3 (where both senses are intended). (-त्तम्) 1 good or virtuous conduct. -2 an agreeable or amiable disposition. -शील (सच्छील) a. 1 good tempered. -2 benevolent, kindly disposed (towards others). -संसर्गः, -संनिधानम्, -संगः, -संगतिः, -समागमः company or society of the good, association with the good; तथा सत्संनिधानेन मूर्खो याति प्रवीणताम् H.1; सत्संगजानि निधनान्यपि तारयन्ति U.2.11; सत्संगतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -संप्रदायः good tradition. -संप्रयोगः right application. -सहाय a. having virtuous friends. (-यः) a good companion. -सार a. having good sap or essence. (-रः) 1 a kind of tree. -2 a poet. -3 a painter. -हेतुः (सद्धेतुः) a faultless or valid hetu or middle term.
somaḥ सोमः [सू-मन् Uṇ.1.139] 1 N. of a plant, the most important ingredient in ancient sacrificial offerings. -2 The juice of the plant; as in सोमपा, सोमपीथिन्; Ms. 3.257. -3 Nectar, beverage of the gods; अलब्धभागाः सोमस्य केवलं क्लेशभागिनः Bhāg.8.1.23. -4 The moon. [In mythology, the moon is represented as having sprung from the eye of the sage Atri; (cf. R.2.75) or as produced from the sea at the time of churning. The twenty-seven asterisms--mythologically represented as so many daughters of Dakṣa q. v. -are said to be his wives. The phenomenon of the periodical waning of the moon is explained by a myth which states that his nectareous digits are drunk up by different gods in regular rotation, or by the invention of another legend which says that the moon, on account of his particular fondness and partiality for Rohiṇī, one of the 27 daughters of Dakṣa, was cursed by his father-in-law to be consumptive, but that at the intercession of his wives the sentence of eternal consumption was commuted to one of periodical consumption. Soma is also represented as having carried off Tārā, the wife of Bṛihaspati, by whom he had a son named Budha, who afterwards became the founder of the lunar race of kings; see Tārā (b) also.]; पुष्णामि चौषधीः सर्वाः सोमो भूत्वा रसात्मकः Bg.15.13. -5 A ray of light. -6 Camphor. -7 Water. -8 Air, wind. -9 N. of Kubera. -1 Of Śiva. -11 Of Yama. -12 N. of Sugrīva. -13 (As the last member of comp.) Chief, principal, best; as in नृसोम q. v. -14 An ape. -15 One of the Manes. -16 the vessel (नाडी) 'Iḍā'; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः सहाग्निना । व्यवायं कुरुते नित्यं धीरो भूतानि धारयन् ॥ Mb.14.2.1 (com.). -17 Monday. -मा The soma plant. -मम् 1 Rice gruel. -2 Sky, heaven. -Comp. -अभिषवः the extraction of Soma juice. -अयनम् a kind of penance; cf. चान्द्रायण. -अहः Monday. -आख्यम् the red lotus. -आश्रयः N. of Śiva or Rudra; ˚अयनम् (सोमाश्रयायणम्) N. of a place of pilgrimages; ते त्वगच्छन्नहोरात्रा तीर्थं सोमाश्रयायणम् Mb.1.17.3. -ईश्वरः a celebrated representation of Śiva. -उद्भवा N. of the river Narmadā तथेत्युपस्पृश्य पयः पवित्रं सोमोद्भवायाः सरितो नृसोमः R.5.59 (where Malli. quotes Ak. 'रेवा तु नर्मदा सोमोद्भवा मेकलकन्यका'). -कान्त a. lovely as the moon. (-न्तः) the moon-stone. -क्षयः disappearance or waning of the moon, new moon; श्राद्धस्य ब्राह्मणः कालः प्राप्तं दधि घृतं तथा । सोमक्षयश्च मांसं च यदारण्यं युधिष्ठिर ॥ Mb.13.23.34. -गर्भः N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रहः a vessel for holding Soma. -ज a. moon-born. (-जः) an epithet of the planet Mercury. (-जम्) milk. -दैवतम् the lunar mansion मृगशिरस्; दोग्ध्रीं दत्वा सवत्सां तु नक्षत्रे सोमदैवते Mb.13.64.7. -धारा 1 the sky, heaven. -2 the milky way. -नाथः 1 N. of a celebrated Liṅga or the place where it was set up; (which by its splendour and enormous wealth attracted the attention of Mahomad of Ghazani who in 124 A.D. destroyed the image and carried of the treasure); तेषां मार्गे परिचयवशादर्जितं गुर्जराणां यः संतापं शिथिलमकरोत् सोमनाथं विलोक्य । Vikr.18.87. -प, -पा m. 1 one who drinks the Soma; त्रैविद्या मां सोमपाः पूतपापा यज्ञैरिष्ट्वा स्वर्गतिं प्रार्थयन्ते Bg.9.2; Mb.12.284.8. -2 a Soma-sacrificer. -3 a particular class of Pitṛis; सोमपा नाम विप्राणां (पितरः) Ms.3.197. -पतिः N. of Indra. -पानम् drinking Soma juice. -पायिन्, -पीथः, -पीथिन्, -पीतिन् m. a drinker of Soma juice; तत्र केचित्... ... सोमपीथिन उदुम्बरनामानो ब्रह्मवादिनः प्रतिवसन्ति स्म Māl.1; Bhāg.5.26.29. -पीतिः f. 1 drinking Soma. -2 a Some sacrifice. -पुत्रः, -भूः, -सुतः epithets of Budha or Mercury. -प्रवाकः a person commissioned to engage sacrificial priests (श्रोत्रिय) for a Soma sacrifice. -बन्धुः 1 the sun. -2 the white water-lilly. -यज्ञः, -यागः the Soma sacrifice. -याजिन् m. one who performs a Soma sacrifice. -योगिन् a. being in conjunction with the moon. -योनिः a sort of yellow and fragrant sandal. -राजी a thin crescent of the moon. -रोगः a particular disease of women. -लता, -वल्लरी 1 the Soma plant. -2 N. of the river Godāvarī. -वंशः the lunar race of kings founded by Budha. -वल्कः 1 a kind of white Khadira. -2 N. of the plants, करञ्ज and कट्फल. -वल्लरिः(री), -वल्लिका, -वल्ली f. the moon-plant. -वारः, -वासरः Monday. -विक्रयिन् m. a vendor of Soma juice. -वीथी the orbit of the moon. -वृक्षः, -सारः the white Khadira. -शकला a kind of cucumber. -संस्था a form of the Soma-sacrifice; (these are seven:- अग्निष्टोम, अत्यग्निष्टोम, उक्थ, षोढशी, अतिरात्र, आप्तोर्याम and वाजपेय). -संज्ञम् camphor. -सद् m. a particular class of Manes or Pitṛis; विराट्सुताः सोमसदः साध्यानां पितरः स्मृताः Ms.3.195. -सिद्धान्तः the doctrine of Kāpālikas; या सोमसिद्धान्तमयाननेव N.1.87. -सिन्धुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -सुत् m a Soma distiller. -सुत्वत् a. pressing Soma-plant for juice; अध्वरेष्वग्निचित्वत्सु सोमसुत्वत आश्रमान् Bk.5.11. -सुता the river Narmadā; cf. सोमोद्भवा above. -सूत्रम् a channel for conveying water from a Śiva-liṅga. ˚प्रदक्षिणा circumambulation around a Siva-liṅga so as not to cross the Soma-sūtra.
smṛtiḥ स्मृतिः f. [स्मृ-क्तिन्] 1 Remembrance; recollection, memory; अश्वत्थामा करधृतधनुः किं न यातः स्मृतिं ते Ve.3.21; संस्कारमात्रजन्यं ज्ञानं स्मृतिः T. S.; स्मृत्युपस्थितौ इमौ द्वौ श्लोकौ U.6;4.2. -2 Thinking of, calling to mind. -3 What was delivered by human authors, law, traditional law, the body of traditional or memorial law (civil or religious) (opp. श्रुति). -4 A code of laws, law-book. -5 A text of Smṛiti, canon, rule of law; इति स्मृतेः. -6 Desire, wish. -7 Discrimination, discretion; स्मृतौ हतायां भृतमानदुर्दृशः Bhāg.4.3.17. -8 Understanding. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another law-book. -अपेत a. 1 forgotten. -2 inconsistent with Smṛiti. -3 (hence) illegal, unjust. -उक्त a. prescribed or enjoined in the codes of law, canonical. -जातः the god of love. -तन्त्रम् a law-book. -पत्रकम् a register-book; राजाद्यङ्कितलेखस्य धारयेत् स्मृति- पत्रकम् Śukra.2.287. -पथः, -विषयः the object of memory; स्मृतिपथं, स्मृतिविषयं गम् to be dead; सर्वं यस्य वशा- दगात् स्मृतिपथं कालाय तस्मै नमः Bh.3.37; समं यैः संवृद्धाः स्मृति- विषयतां ते$पि गमिताः 38. -पाठकः a lawyer. -प्रत्यवमर्शः retentiveness of memory, accuracy of recollection. -प्रबन्धः a legal work. -भ्रंशः loss of failure of memory. -रोधः temporary interruption of memory; loss or failure of memory; शापादसि प्रतिहता स्मृतिरोधरूक्षे भर्तर्यपेत- तमसि प्रभुता तवैव । Ś.7.32. -विनयः a reprimand given to a person by reminding him of his duty. -विभ्रमः confusion of memory. -विरुद्ध a. illegal. -विरोधः 1 opposition to law, illegality. -2 disagreement between two or more Smṛitis or legal texts; स्मृतिविरोधं परिहरति S. B.; cf. स्मृत्योर्विरोधे न्यायस्तु बलवान् व्यवहारतः Y.2.21. -विषयः the range of memory. -शास्त्रम् 1 a law-book, code, digest. -2 legal science. -शेष a. deceased, dead (as a person). -शैथिल्यम् loss of memory. -संमत a. approved by law. -साध्य a. capable of being proved by law. -हीन forgetful. -हेतुः a cause of recollection, impression on the mind, association of ideas.
hetuḥ हेतुः [हि-तुन् Uṇ.1.73] 1 Cause, reason, object, motive; इति हेतुस्तदुद्भवे K. P.1; Māl.1.23; R.1.1; नीचैराख्यं गिरिमधिवसेस्तत्र विश्रामहेतोः Me.25; Ś.3.12. -2 Source, origin; स पिता पितरस्तासां केवलं जन्महेतवः R.1.24 'authors of their being'. -3 A means or instrument. -4 The logical reason, the reason for an inference, middle term (forming the second member of the fivemembered syllogism). -5 Logic, science of reasoning. -6 Any logical proof or argument. -7 A rhetorical reason (regarded by some writers as a figure of speech); it is thus defined :-- हेताहतुमता सार्धमभेदो हेतुरुच्यते. -8 (In gram.) The agent of the causal verb; P.I.4.55. -9 (with Buddhists) Primary cause. -1 (with Pāśupatas) The external world and senses (that cause the bondage of the soul). -11 Mode, manner. -12 Condition. -13 Price, cost; दीन्नाराणां दशशती पञ्चाशदधिकाभवत् । धान्यखारीक्रये हेतुर्देशे दुर्भिक्षविक्षते Rāj. T.5.71. (N. B. The forms हेतुना, हेतोः, rarely हेतौ, are used adverbially in the sense of 'by reason of', 'on account of', 'because of', with gen. or in comp.; तमसा बहुरूपेण वेष्टिताः कर्महेतुना Ms. 1.49; शास्त्रविज्ञानहेतुना; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47; विस्मृतं कस्य हेतोः Mu.1.1. &c.). -Comp. -अपदेशः adducing the hetu (in the form of the five-membered syllogism). -अवधारणम् (in dram.) reasoning. -आक्षेप (in Rhet.) an objection accompanied with reasons; न स्तूयसे नरेन्द्र त्वं ददासीति कदाचन । स्वमेव मत्वा गृह्णन्ति यतस्त्वद्धन- मर्थिनः ॥ इत्येवमादिराक्षेपो हेत्वाक्षेप इति स्मृतः । Kāv.2.167-168. -आभासः 'the semblance of a reason', a fallacious middle term, fallacy; (it is of five kinds :-- सव्यभिचार or अनैकान्तिक, विरुद्ध, असिद्ध, सत्प्रतिपक्ष and बाधित). -उत्प्रेक्षा, -उपमा a simile accompanied with reasons. -उपक्षेपः, -उपन्यासः adducing a reason, statement of an argument. -कर्तृ m. the causal subject; याजयेदिति हेतुकर्तु रेवैतत् प्रत्यक्षं वचनम्, लक्षणया यजेः कर्तुः ŚB. on MS.1.8.39. -दुष्ट a. unreasonable. -दृष्टिः scepticism. -बलिक a. strong in argument. -युक्त a. well-founded. -रूपकम् a metaphor accompanied with reasons. -वादः 1 disputation, controversy. -2 fraud (कपट); न हेतुवादाल्लोभाद्वा धर्मं जह्यां कथंचन Mb.5.91.24. -3 assigning a cause (sceptically); न यक्ष्यन्ति न होष्यन्ति हेतुवादविमोहिताः Mb.3.19.26. -वादिन् 1 a disputant. -2 a sceptic. -विशेषोक्तिः a mention of difference accompanied with reasons; एकचक्रो रथो यन्ता विकलो विषमा हयाः । आक्रामत्येव तेजस्वी तथाप्यर्को नभस्तलम् ॥ सैषा हेतुविशेषोक्तिस्तेजस्वीति विशेषणात् ॥ Kāv.2.328-329. -शास्त्रम् a logically-treated work, any beretical work questioning the authority of Smṛitis or revelation; यो$वमन्येत ते मूले हेतुशास्त्राश्रयाद् द्विजः Ms.2.11. -हेतुमत् m. du. cause and effect. ˚भावः the relation existing between cause and effect.
     Macdonell Vedic Search  
2 results
khanitrima Khan-í-trima, a. produced by digging, vii. 49, 2 [khan dig].
Puruṣa Púru-ṣa, m. the primaeval Male, x. 90, 1. 2. 4. 6. 7. 11. 15.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     KV Abhyankar
"rima" has 26 results.
akṛtrimanon-technical: not formed or not arrived at by grammatical operations such as the application of affixes to crude bases and so on; natural; assigned only by accident. cf the gram. maxim कृत्रिमाकृतिमयोः कृत्रिमे कार्यसंप्रत्ययः which means "in cases of doubt whether an operation refers to that expressed by the technical sense or to that which is expressed by the ordinary sense of a term, the operation refers to what is expressed by the technical sense." Par. śek. Par.9 also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.28.
kṛtrimaartificial; technical, as opposed to derivative. In grammar, the term कृत्रिम means 'technical sense', as contrasted with अकृत्रिम 'ordinary sense'; confer, compare कृत्रिमाकृत्रिमयोः कृत्रिमे कार्यसंप्रत्यय: Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 9.
kṛtrimākṛtrimaparibhāṣāa term popularly used by grammarians for the परिभाषा or maxim that out of the two senses, the technical and the derived ones, the technical sense should be preferred; in rare cases, the other too, is preferred confer, compare Pari. Śek. Pari.9.
parimalaa work on Grammar attributed to Amaracandra.
anvācayaaggregation of a secondary element along with the primary one: यत्रैकस्य प्राधान्यमितरदप्रधाने तदनुरोधेनान्वाचीयमानता अन्वाचयः Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.II 2.29. One of the four senses of च, exempli gratia, for exampleभिक्षामट गां चानय; confer, compare प्लक्षश्चेत्युक्ते गम्यत एतत्सापेक्षोयं प्रयुज्यत इति |
upalakṣaṇaimplication, indication: a thing indicatory of another thing. The term is very frequently found in commentary works in connection with a word which signifies something beyond it which is similar to it; the indication is generally inclusive; confer, compare Kāśikā on भीस्म्योर्हेतुभये P.I.3.68 भयग्रहणमुपलक्षणार्थं विस्मयोपि तत एव । as also मन्त्रग्रहणं तु च्छन्दस उपलक्षणार्थम् Kāś. on II.4.80. The verbal forms of लक्ष् and उपलक्ष् as also the words लक्षयितुम्, लक्षणीय, लक्षित et cetera, and others possess the sense of 'expressing the meaning not primarily, but secondarily by indication or implication'.
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
guṇa(1)degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।
gauṇa(l)a word subordinate in syntax or sense to another; adjectival; उपसर्जनीभूतः (2) possessing a secondary sense, e. g the word गो in the sense of 'a dull man';confer, compareगौणमुख्ययेार्मुख्ये कार्यसम्प्रत्ययः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.15, I.4. 108, VI. 3. 46. See also Par. Sek Pari. 15; (3) secondary, as opposed to primary; confer, compare गौणे कर्मणि दुह्यादे; प्रधाने नीहृकृष्वहाम् ।.
gauṇamukhyanyāyathe maxim that the primary sense occurs to the mind earlier than the secondary sense, and hence words used in the primary sense should be always taken for grammatical operations in preference to words in a secondary sense. See the word गेोण.
cekīyitathe sign य ( यङ् of Panini ) of the frequentative or intensive. The word is mostly used in the Katantra Grammar works confer, compare धातोर्यशब्दश्चेक्रीयितं क्रियासमभिहारे, Kat. III. 2. 14. The word चेक्रीयित is used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of यङन्त where Kaiyata remarks थडः पूर्वाचार्यसंज्ञा चेकीयितमिति confer, compare प्रदीप on M.Bh. on P. IV.1.78 Vartika. The word चेकीयितान्त means यङन्त in Panini’s terminology meaning a secondary root derived from the primary root in the sense of intensity. The word चर्करीतान्त is used for the frequentative bases in which य, the sign of the frequentative, is omittedition See चर्करीत।
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
paribhāṣāvṛttiṭippaṇīa very brief commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva written by Srimanasarman of Campahatti.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
parimāṇaa word used by Panini in तदस्य परिमाणम् V.1.19 and explained by Patanjali as सर्वतो मानम् .Samkhya ( number ) is also said to be a parimana. Parimana is of two kindsनियत or definite as in the case of Khaari, drona etc; and अनियत, as in the case of Gana, Samgha, PUga, Sartha, Sena et cetera, and others The term परिमाण, in connection with the utterance of letters, is used in the sense of मात्राकाल or one mora.
pratyayadhātua term applied to secondary roots which are formed by adding affixes like णिच् , सन् , यङ् et cetera, and others to primary roots or by the addition of affixes like क्विप्, क्यच् , कायच् et cetera, and others to nouns; e. g. कामय, ह्यारय, चिकीर्ष, जिहीर्ष, जेघ्रीय,चेकीय, गङ्गीय, राजाय, पुत्रकाम्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare सनाद्यन्ता धातवः P.1II.. 1.32; cf also प्रत्ययधातु । गोपायति, धूपायति, ऋतीयते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 1.162 Vart.3.
pradhāna(1)the principal thing as opposed to the subordinate one; something which has got an independent purpose of its own and is not meant for another; प्रधानमुपसर्जनमिति च संबन्धिशब्दावेतौ M.Bh. on P. I.2.43 V.5; confer, compare also प्रधानाप्रधानयोः प्रधाने कार्यसंप्रत्ययः Par. Sek. Pari. 97; (2) predominant of main importance; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानोव्ययीभावः et cetera, and others Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1.6, 20, 49 II.2.6 etc; (3) primary as opposed to secondary; confer, compare गौणे कर्मणि दुह्यादेः प्रधाने नीहृकृष्वहाम् । confer, compare also प्रधानकर्मण्याख्येये लादीनाहुर्द्विकर्मणाम् । अप्रधाने दुहादीनाम् M.Bh.on I.4.51
prākṛta(1)original, primary,belonging to the Prakrti as contrasted with a वैकृत modification or a modified thing; cf प्रकृतिः स्वभावः, तत्संबन्धी प्राकृतः. commentary on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 28: confer, compare एतद्विकारा एवान्ये, सर्वे तु प्राकृताः समाः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII. 23; confer, compare also तहीन् ... पशूंस्तकारपरः ( नकारः ) सकारं प्राकृतो नित्ये Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.VI. 14; (2) natural, which can be so ordinarily, without any specific effort; confer, compare तस्मात् प्राकृतमेवैतत् कर्म यथा कटं करोति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 3.5, confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III 1.5 Vart. 8, 9.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prāthamakalpikaof the first type or kind; primary, as opposed to secondary; confer, compare अयं खल्वपि बहुव्रीहिरस्त्येव प्राथमकल्पिकां यस्मिनैकपद्यमैकस्वर्यमेकविभक्तिकत्वं च, M.Bh. on P. I. I. 29, I. 1. 30; I. 2. 42; cf also अथवेह कौचित् प्राथमकल्पिकौ प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ कौचित् क्रियया वा गुणेन वा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. II. 2. 29 Vart. 15.
mukhyamain, , principal, primary substantive as contrasted with a gualifying substantive;confer, compareगौणमुख्ययोमुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्यय: Par. Sek. Pari. 15.
mukhyaviśeṣyathe principal word in a sentence which comes last in the technical expression of the import or शाब्दबोध. It is described as primary and not subordinated to any other thing ( अन्याविशेषणीभूत). This मुख्यविशेष्य is, in a way,the crucial point in the various theories of import; exempli gratia, for example according to the grammarians the verbal activity is the principal word while,according to the Mimaamsakas the bhaavanaa is the principal word.and according to the Naiyayikas it is the subject that is the principal word.
rukmanthe primary Yama letter; a term used in the Śikșā treatises.
śuddhapure, unmixed; the term is used (1) in connection with a vowel which is not nasalized ( अनुनासिक); confer, compare भाव्यमानेन सवर्णानां ग्रहणं नेतेि शुद्धोयमुच्चार्यते, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VII.1.85; as also, (2) in connection with words which are used in their primary sense and not in any secondary sense: confer, compare शुद्धानां पठितानां संज्ञा कर्तव्या ; संज्ञोपसर्जनीभूतानि न सर्वादीनि M.Bh. on P.I.1.27 Vart. 3.
śtip'the syllable ति applied to the Vikarana-ending form of a root to denote a root for a grammatical operation. The specific mention of a root with श्तिप् added, shows that the root of the particular class or conjugation shown, is to be taken and not the same root belonging to any other conjuga-tion; confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे; exempli gratia, for example अस्यतिवक्तिख्यातिभ्योऽङ् P.III. 1. 52. Although operations prescribed for a primary root are applicable to a frequentative root when the frequentative sign य has been omitted, operations prescribed for a root which is stated in a rule with ति ( श्तिप् ) added to it, do not take place in the frequentative roots;confer, compare श्तिपा शपानुबन्धेन ... पञ्चैतानि न यङ्लुकि.
sarvanāmanpronoun: literally standing for any noun. There is no definition as such given, of the word pronoun, but the words, called pronouns, are enumerated in Panini's grammar one after another in the class or group headed by सर्व ( सर्व, विश्व, उभ, उभय, words ending in the affixes डतर and डतम, अन्य et cetera, and others)which appear to be pronouns primarily. Some words such as पूर्व, पर, अवर, दक्षिण, उत्तर, अपर, अधर, स्व, अन्तर etc are treated as pronouns under certain conditions. In any case, attention has to be paid to the literal sense of the term सर्वनामन् which is an ancient term and none of these words when standing as a proper noun, is to be treated as a pronoun: confer, compare सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि P. I.1. 27, confer, compare also संज्ञोपसर्जनीभूतास्तु न सर्वादयः: M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 27 Vart. 2; ( 2 ) The word सर्वनामन् means also a common term, a general term; confer, compare एकश्रुतिः स्वरसर्वनाम, यथा नपुंसकं लिङ्गसर्वनाम Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 4.174 Vart 4.
     DCS with thanks   
50 results
rima noun (masculine) a kind of plant (?)
Frequency rank 63681/72933
akṛtrima adjective inartificial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7905/72933
agrima adjective being in front (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eldest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
furthest advanced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
occurring further on or below (in a book) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
preceding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
principal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the foremost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15380/72933
amlāgrimavetasa noun (masculine) amlavetasa
Frequency rank 44745/72933
arimarda noun (masculine) the plant Cassia Sophora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44853/72933
arimardana noun (masculine) name of a king of owls (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Śvaphalka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23188/72933
astrimant adjective
Frequency rank 46015/72933
asrimant adjective
Frequency rank 46058/72933
kṛtrima noun (masculine) an adopted son (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
incense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
olibanum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21125/72933
kṛtrima adjective adopted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
adventitious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
artificial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assumed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
factitious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
falsified (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
made artificially (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not natural (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not naturally or spontaneously produced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not necessarily connected with the nature of anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
simulated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3704/72933
kṛtrima noun (neuter) a kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of salt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sulphate of copper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of silver kācalavaṇa rasāñjana viḍlavaṇa a factitious kind of rasāñjana
Frequency rank 14110/72933
kṛtrimaka noun (neuter) black salt
Frequency rank 21126/72933
kṛtrimaka adjective kṛtrima
Frequency rank 49949/72933
kṛtrimaka noun (masculine) olibanum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49950/72933
kṛtrimatva noun (neuter) being made (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
factitiousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49951/72933
kṛtrimaratna noun (neuter) glass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49952/72933
gariman noun (masculine) a venerable person (as Rudra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dignity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
heaviness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
importance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the 8 siddhis of Śiva; making himself heavy at will (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
venerableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
weight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14142/72933
girimallikā noun (feminine) Wrightla antidysenterica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21206/72933
gaurimadyaśas noun (feminine) name of a woman
Frequency rank 51665/72933
trimaṇḍalā noun (feminine) name of a venomous spider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35513/72933
trimada noun (masculine) the 3 narcotic plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the threefold haughtiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53968/72933
trimadhu noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 10371/72933
trimadhu adjective knowing or reciting the 3 verses beginning with madhu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21409/72933
trimadhura noun (neuter) the 3 sweet substances (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24161/72933
trimarmīya noun (masculine) name of CS, ??
Frequency rank 53969/72933
dattrima adjective received by gift (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24176/72933
dhariman noun (masculine) a balance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
figure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
form (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
weight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28527/72933
parimaṇḍay verb (denominative parasmaipada) to beautify to decorate
Frequency rank 24524/72933
parimaṇḍala noun (neuter) a globe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circumference (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
orbit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sphere (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12113/72933
parimaṇḍala adjective circular (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
globular (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of the measure of an atom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8814/72933
parimaṇḍala noun (masculine) a species of venomous gnat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of plant
Frequency rank 36690/72933
parimaṇḍalatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 57361/72933
parimantray verb (denominative ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 36691/72933
parimardana noun (neuter) a remedy for rubbing in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
destroying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rubbing in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24525/72933
parimarday verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 9011/72933
parimarśa noun (masculine) consideration (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contact (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reflection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
touching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28896/72933
parimarśana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 57362/72933
parimarśanīya noun (masculine) name of Carakasaṃhitā, Indr. 3
Frequency rank 57363/72933
parimarśay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 57364/72933
parimala noun (masculine) a fragrant substance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a meeting of learned men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
connubial pleasure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
copulation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dirt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fragrance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a poet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of several wks. and Comms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perfume (esp. arising from the trituration of fragrant substances) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
soil (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11335/72933
bhūrima noun (feminine) a cow
Frequency rank 61062/72933
bhūrimallī noun (feminine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61063/72933
madhuriman noun (masculine) charm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suavity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sweetness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61371/72933
vakrima adjective bent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
curved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64418/72933
vakriman noun (masculine) ambiguity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
crookedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
curvature (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
duplicity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64419/72933
variman noun (masculine) breadth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circumference (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
room (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
space (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
width (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64697/72933
rimant adjective abounding in water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65209/72933
saṃparimarday verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to massage to rub
Frequency rank 69950/72933
harimant noun (masculine) name of Indra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41385/72933
harimantha noun (masculine) name of a particular country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Premna Spinosa (the wood of which by attrition produces flame) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the chick-pea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31253/72933
Ayurvedic Medical
     Dr. Potturu with thanks
     Purchase Kindle edition


1. diabetic boil; 2. lacrimal abscess; stye or hordeolum; 3. inflammatory swelling.


primary infertility.


secondary diseases, diseases or complications arising during the course of primary diseases.


Plant smooth tricholepis, Tricholepis glaberrima


a treatise of ayurveda written by Trimallabhaṭṭu, 18th Century


crab; karkaṭaśṛṇgi crab’s claw, insect secretions on Pistacia chinensia, syn, Pistacia integerrima, syn. Rhus integerrima.


primary alchemical substances, mercury (pādarasa), vermillion (hingulīka), mica (abhraka), loadstone (kāntaloha), iron pyrites (vimala), pyrites (mākṣika), tourmaline (vaikrānta), conch (śankha).


one of tantrayuktis, objection to an assertion in discussion; question; prima facie view.


an eye disease with pus and foul smelling, lacrimal abscess, acute dacrocystitis.

     Wordnet Search "rima" has 38 results.


miśratā, mithyatā, kṛtrima   

kṛtrimasya bhāvaḥ kṛtrimā avasthā vā।

miśratāyāḥ kāraṇāt satyasya mukham apihitaṃ bhavati।


kalpita, parikalpita, kālpanika, manaḥkalpita, kṛtrima, kṛtaka   

yad manasā nirmitaṃ racitam vā।

śyāmasya kathanam aviśvasyaṃ tasya kathanaṃ kalpitam syāt।


pakva, pariṇata, paripakva, supakva, paktrima, pakvatāpanna, pakvadaśāpanna, pakvadaśāprāpta   

rasapūrṇaṃ mṛdu tathā ca pariṇataṃ phalam/ kaṭhīnasya annasya mṛdubhūtam annam।

saḥ pakvam āmraṃ khādati।


meghaḥ, abhramam, vārivāhaḥ, stanayitnuḥ, balābakaḥ, dhārādharaḥ, jaladharaḥ, taḍitvān, vāridaḥ, ambubhṛt, ghanaḥ, jīmūtaḥ, mudiraḥ, jalamuk, dhūmayoniḥ, abhram, payodharaḥ, ambhodharaḥ, vyomadhūmaḥ, ghanāghanaḥ, vāyudāruḥ, nabhaścaraḥ, kandharaḥ, kandhaḥ, nīradaḥ, gaganadhvajaḥ, vārisuk, vārmuk, vanasuk, abdaḥ, parjanyaḥ, nabhogajaḥ, madayitnuḥ, kadaḥ, kandaḥ, gaveḍuḥ, gadāmaraḥ, khatamālaḥ, vātarathaḥ, śnetanīlaḥ, nāgaḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, pecakaḥ, bhekaḥ, darduraḥ, ambudaḥ, toyadaḥ, ambuvābaḥ, pāthodaḥ, gadāmbaraḥ, gāḍavaḥ, vārimasiḥ, adriḥ, grāvā, gotraḥ, balaḥ, aśnaḥ, purubhojāḥ, valiśānaḥ, aśmā, parvataḥ, giriḥ, vrajaḥ, caruḥ, varāhaḥ, śambaraḥ, rauhiṇaḥ, raivataḥ, phaligaḥ, uparaḥ, upalaḥ, camasaḥ, arhiḥ, dṛtiḥ, odanaḥ, vṛṣandhiḥ, vṛtraḥ, asuraḥ, kośaḥ   

pṛthvīstha-jalam yad sūryasya ātapena bāṣparupaṃ bhūtvā ākāśe tiṣṭhati jalaṃ siñcati ca।

kālidāsena meghaḥ dūtaḥ asti iti kalpanā kṛtā


svābhāvika, sahaja, prākṛtika, naisargika, svabhāvaja, akṛtrima   

yad prakṛtyā eva bhavati।

anyasya pīḍāṃ dṛṣṭvā ākulībhavanam iti svābhāvikī pratikriyā।



mānavena nirmitaḥ upagrahaḥ।

bhāratadeśena naike kṛtrima-upagrahāḥ antarīkṣe preṣitāḥ।


sugandhaḥ, sugandhiḥ, suvāsaḥ, āmodaḥ, parimalaḥ, surabhiḥ, saurabhyam, saurabham, gandhaḥ, vāsaḥ, modaḥ   

sugandhitaṃ dravyam।

puṣpāt sugandhaḥ nirmīyate।


caṇakaḥ, harimanthakaḥ, harimanthajaḥ, caṇaḥ, harimanthaḥ, sugandhaḥ, kṛṣṇacañcukaḥ, bālabhojyaḥ, vājibhakṣyaḥ, kañcukī   

dhānyaviśeṣaḥ yasya guṇāḥ madhuratva-rūkṣatva-mehavāntyasrapittanāśitvādayaḥ।

caṇakānāṃ sūpaḥ rūcipūrṇaḥ asti।


pauṣṭika, puṣṭikara, puṣṭida, poṣa, poṣaka, poṣin, kṣumat, paripoṣaka, puṣa, bhari, bhariman   

yaḥ puṣṭiṃ dadāti।

bhṛtakānāṃ kṛte pauṣṭikam annaṃ durlabham asti।


pāñcālakaḥ, putrakaḥ, kṛtrimaputrakaḥ, cañcāpuruṣaḥ, puttalaḥ, pāñcālikā, putrikā, vastraputrikā, puttikā, śālāṅkī, kuruṇṭī, pāñcālī, pañcālī, lepyamayī, pañcālikā, śālabhañjī, śālabhañjīkā   


pitā pavanasya kṛte ekaṃ pāñcālakam akrīṇāt।


upamukham, kṛtrimamukham, chadmamukham, chadmāsyam, kapaṭamukham   

krīḍāyāṃ kaitave vā dhāryamāṇaṃ patrādibhiḥ vinirmitaṃ mukham।

devadattaḥ vyāghrasya upamukhaṃ dhārayitvā bālakaiḥ saha krīḍati।


caṇakaḥ, harimanthakaḥ, harimanthajaḥ, caṇaḥ, harimanthaḥ, sugandhaḥ, kṛṣṇacañcukaḥ, bātabhojyaḥ, vājibhakṣyaḥ   

caṇyate dīyate iti śasyaviśeṣaḥ;

caṇakasya guṇāḥ madhuratvam ,rūkṣatvam


svābhāvikakriyā, svābhāvikā kriyā, sahajakriyā, akṛtrimakriyā, anaicchikā kriyā, autsargikakriyā   

apratibādhyā śārīrikīkriyā;

hañji iti svābhāvikakriyā


satyam, satyā, satyaḥ, yathārtham, avitathaḥ, avitatham, avitathā, akṛtrimaḥ, akṛtrimā, akṛtrimam, gatālīkaḥ, gatālīkā, gatālīkam, nirmāyikaḥ, nirmāyikam, nirmāyikaḥ, akapaṭaḥ, akapaṭam, akapaṭā, niṣkapaṭī, niṣkapaṭaḥ, ṛtam, samyak, tathyam   

yathā asti tathā। vinā kapaṭaṃ vā।

adhyakṣeṇa nirbhayo bhūtvā satyaṃ kathanīyam।


vṛtta, kuṇḍalākāra, cakra, kuṇḍalin, cakravata, cakkala, cakraka, cakruvṛtta, cākra, cākrika, parimaṇḍala, parimaṇḍalita, parivartula, vaṭin   

vartulasya ākāraḥ iva ākāraḥ yasya saḥ।

asya vṛkṣasya phalāni vṛttāni santi।


kakṣā, parimaṇḍalam   

niyataḥ prāyaḥ vartulākāraḥ mārgaḥ yasmin kimapi vastu viśeṣataḥ khagolīyagolakaḥ niyatarūpeṇa paribhramati।

pṛthivī svasya kakṣāyām eva paribhramati।




trimaṇḍalā viṣamayī bhavati।


parimalita, sugandhita   

yaḥ sugandhyate।

āpaṇake vividhāni parimalitāni kṛtrimāṇi puṣpāṇi prāpyante।


parimaṇḍalatā, maṇḍalatvam, maṇḍalatā, maṇḍalībhāvaḥ, vṛttatvam   

vartulākārasya avasthā।

laḍḍukasya parimaṇḍalatā sādhvī nāsti।


mandatvam, mandatā, mantharatvam, mantharatā, parimantharatā, vilambanam, vilambitā, mandībhāvaḥ, mandimā, śanairbhāvaḥ, māndyam, śithilatvam   

mandasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

rujāyāḥ kāraṇāt gatiḥ mandatvena yuktā।



yat prakṛtyā na kṛtam।

eṣā sthitiḥ kṛtrimatayā nirmitā।



chattīsagaḍharājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

dhamatarimaṇḍalaṃ 6 julai1998 tame varṣe nirmitam।



madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

śivapurimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ śivapurinagare asti।



karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bellārimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bellārinagare asti।



tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

kṛṣṇagirimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ kṛṣṇagiri nagare asti।



tamilanāḍurājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

nīlagirimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nīlagirinagare asti।



uḍīsārājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

malkānagirimaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ malkānagirinagare asti।



prākṛtaiḥ aprākṛtaiḥ vā keśaiḥ nirmitaṃ tad vastu yad mastake dhāryate।

kecit khalvāṭāḥ khalvāṭatvaṃ gopayituṃ svamastake kṛtrimakeśān dhārayanti।


svābhāvikatā, sahajatā, naisargikatā, akṛtrima   

svābhāvikasya avasthā athavā bhāvaḥ।

mīrāyāḥ virahagīteṣu samakālīnānāṃ kavīnām apekṣayā adhikā svābhāvikatā dṛśyate।


kuṭajaḥ, śakraḥ, vatsakaḥ, girimallikā, kauṭajaḥ, vṛkṣakaḥ, śakraparyāyaḥ, kāhī, kāliṅgaḥ, mallikāpuṣpaḥ, prāvṛṣyaḥ, śatrupādapaḥ, varatiktaḥ, yavaphalaḥ, saṅgrāhī, pāṇḍuradrumaḥ, prāvṛṣeṇyaḥ, mahāgandhaḥ, pāṇḍaraḥ   


asmin vane kuṭajasya ādhikyaṃ vartate।



sugandhi vastu।

parimalaiḥ yajñakāryārthaṃ sāmagrī nirmīyate।


śatrughna, arimardana, ripunipātin, irya, parabhedaka, ripusūdana, śatrunāśakṛt, arindama   

śatrūn damayati iti। śatrughnasya rājñaḥ rājye ekādhipatitvam āsīt।



ekā mahilā ।

gaurimatī kośe ullikhitā asti



ekaṃ kāṣṭham ।

karimaṇḍitasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti



ekaṃ tīrthasthānam ।

trimallasya ullekhaḥ rasikaramaṇe vartate



ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

trimallacandrasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate



ekaṃ tīrthasthānam ।

trimallasya ullekhaḥ rasikaramaṇe vartate



ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

trimallacandrasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

Parse Time: 1.379s Search Word: rima Input Encoding: IAST: rima